Download V-Tec VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM Product manual

INDEX - DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
INDEX
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR
PHONE SYSTEMS:
Installation Diagrams
http://www.urmetdomus.com
e-mail:[email protected]
MT 101-014D (Rev. December 2006)
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
I
INDEX - DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
INDEX
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
II
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INDEX - DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
INDEX
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
Sec. 1
(Index at the beginning of section)
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
4+N WIRE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
Sec. 1A
(Index at the beginning of section)
1+1 WIRE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
Sec. 1B
(Index at the beginning of section)
TRADITIONAL CALL SYSTEMS
Sec. 1C
(Index at the beginning of section)
VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
COAX ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
Sec. 1D
(Index at the beginning of section)
5-WIRE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
Sec. 1E
(Index at the beginning of section)
INSTRUCTIONS FOR INTERCHANGE OF VARIOUS POWER SUPPLIES
AND MONITORS
Sec. 1F
(Index at the beginning of section)
EASIVOICE SYSTEM
Sec. 2
(Index at the beginning of section)
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
III
INDEX - DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
INDEX
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
NUMERIC INDEX
Diagram Code
Sec. Pag.
SC101-0249E .................................................................... 1a .......... 32
SC101-0252D.................................................................... 1a .......... 22
SC101-0289 I .................................................................... 1a .......... 28
SC101-0440B.................................................................... 1c ............ 4
SC101-0441C.................................................................... 1c ............ 6
SC101-0461B.................................................................... 1c ............ 8
SC101-0482D.................................................................... 1a .......... 58
SC101-0567E .................................................................... 1a .......... 54
SC101-0578G ................................................................... 1a .......... 42
SC101-0735D ................................................................... 1a .......... 60
SC101-0791E ................................................................... 1a .......... 24
SC101-0839D ................................................................... 1a .......... 44
SC101-0844E ................................................................... 1a .......... 50
SC101-0858C ................................................................... 1a ............ 2
SC101-0861D ................................................................... 1a .......... 36
SC101-0863E ................................................................... 1a .......... 38
SC101-0866G ................................................................... 1a .......... 52
SC101-0932C ................................................................... 1b ............ 4
SC101-0937B ................................................................... 1b ............ 8
SC101-1070C ................................................................... 1a .......... 26
SC101-1133C ................................................................... 1a ............ 4
SC101-1134E ................................................................... 1a .......... 56
SC101-1135F.................................................................... 1b ............ 2
SC101-1209C ................................................................... 1a .......... 14
SC101-1210B ................................................................... 1b ............ 6
SC101-1217C ................................................................... 1a .......... 10
SC101-1218C ................................................................... 1b .......... 10
SC101-1226B ................................................................... 1a .......... 30
SC101-1240A ................................................................... 1a .......... 16
SC101-1241B ................................................................... 1b .......... 12
SC101-1243B ................................................................... 1a .......... 40
SC101-1244A ................................................................... 1a .......... 48
SC101-1247A ................................................................... 1c ............ 2
SC101-1248A ................................................................... 1a .......... 20
SC101-1249A ................................................................... 1a .......... 46
SC101-1259B ................................................................... 1a ............ 3
SC101-1269A ................................................................... 1b .......... 16
SC101-1272A ................................................................... 1a .......... 34
SC101-1273A ................................................................... 1a ............ 6
SC101-1280A ................................................................... 1a .......... 12
SC101-1282A ................................................................... 1a .......... 18
SC101-1284A ................................................................... 1a ............ 8
SC101-1327...................................................................... 1b .......... 14
IV
Diagram Code
Sec. Pag.
SV102-0782D .................................................................... 1d .......... 31
SV102-1241D .................................................................... 1d .......... 36
SV102-1349E .................................................................... 1d .......... 34
SV102-1469D .................................................................... 1d .......... 30
SV102-1470C .................................................................... 1e .......... 27
SV102-1574C .................................................................... 1d .......... 30
SV102-1609E .................................................................... 1d ............ 6
SV102-1710D .................................................................... 1e .......... 27
SV102-1712F .................................................................... 1e .......... 26
SV102-2066D .................................................................... 1d ............ 8
SV102-2081B .................................................................... 1e ............ 5
SV102-2082C .................................................................... 1e ............ 4
SV102-2132E .................................................................... 1d .......... 32
SV102-2631E .................................................................... 1d ............ 4
SV102-2633H .................................................................... 1e ............ 6
SV102-2806F .................................................................... 1e .......... 14
SV102-2892D .................................................................... 1d .......... 14
SV102-2902G.................................................................... 1e ............ 8
SV102-2913B .................................................................... 1e .......... 10
SV102-2934C .................................................................... 1d .......... 16
SV102-2935E .................................................................... 1d .......... 22
SV102-2970D .................................................................... 1d .......... 24
SV102-2972D .................................................................... 1d .......... 26
SV102-2978C .................................................................... 1e .......... 29
SV102-3060B .................................................................... 1e .......... 18
SV102-3063A .................................................................... 1d .......... 38
SV102-3078B .................................................................... 1d .......... 18
SV102-3079A .................................................................... 1d .......... 20
SV102-3092D .................................................................... 1e .......... 12
SV102-3094D .................................................................... 1e .......... 20
SV102-3118C .................................................................... 1d .......... 10
SV102-3119A .................................................................... 1d .......... 12
SV102-3121C .................................................................... 1e .......... 16
SV102-3122E .................................................................... 1e .......... 24
SV102-3146D .................................................................... 1d ............ 2
SV102-3147B .................................................................... 1e ............ 2
SV102-3166C .................................................................... 1e .......... 22
SV102-3219....................................................................... 1d .......... 46
SV102-3220....................................................................... 1d .......... 48
SV102-3227....................................................................... 1d .......... 42
SV102-3228A .................................................................... 1d .......... 40
SV102-3229B .................................................................... 1d .......... 53
SV102-3235....................................................................... 1d .......... 44
SV102-3238....................................................................... 1e .......... 27
SV102-3239....................................................................... 1e .......... 26
SV102-3240....................................................................... 1e .......... 27
SV102-3257A .................................................................... 1d .......... 28
SV102-3294....................................................................... 1d .......... 50
SV102-3295....................................................................... 1d .......... 51
SV102-3296A .................................................................... 1d .......... 52
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SECTION 1
(REV.B)
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
Download from:
www.urmetdomus.com
Technical Manuals area
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1 −−−− 1
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1
SECTION 1 CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
Sec.
Pag.
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLER .......................................................................................................................................................1 ................ 3
Conductor cross-section .....................................................................................................................................................................1 ................ 3
Wire laying ..........................................................................................................................................................................................1 ................ 3
Instruction for grounding or not of the electronic locks and push button panels.................................................................................1 ................ 4
Door opener service ...........................................................................................................................................................................1 ................ 4
Tv camera unit ....................................................................................................................................................................................1 ................ 4
OPERATING ANOMALIES ....................................................................................................................................................................1 ................ 4
Background noise in outdoor station systems ....................................................................................................................................1 ................ 4
Radio frequency picking .....................................................................................................................................................................1 ................ 4
Non-operation of the call to the loudspeaker ......................................................................................................................................1 ................ 4
Insufficient reception in outdoor station systems ................................................................................................................................1 ................ 4
Whistle or larsen effect .......................................................................................................................................................................1 ................ 4
Intercoms ............................................................................................................................................................................................1 ................ 4
System check and possible failures outdoor station system control...................................................................................................1 ................ 5
1- or 2-user basic video door phone system troubleshooting and solutions.......................................................................................1 ................ 5
Reducing architectural barriers...........................................................................................................................................................1 ................ 5
SYSTEM TYPOLOGIES ........................................................................................................................................................................1 ................ 6
Door phone systems...........................................................................................................................................................................1 ................ 6
Video door phone systems .................................................................................................................................................................1 ................ 6
CHOOSING THE RIGHT SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................................1 ................ 6
Door phone systems...........................................................................................................................................................................1 ................ 6
Video door phone systems .................................................................................................................................................................1 ................ 7
DIAGRAM NOTES
2 −−−− sec.1
1
8
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLER
The products described in this technical manual must be used as
expressly intended only, i.e. to build door phone and video door phone
systems.
Any other use must be considered inappropriate and, them, dangerous.
The constructor can not be considered liable for casual damages due
to inappropriate, wrong and irrational use.
• The system must be built in compliance with the regulations in
force.
• Check that the device is intact after removing it from the packaging.
(do not proceed with installation in the event of faults);
• Keep the packaging (plastic bags, polystyrene, etc.) away from
children. Packaging is potentially dangerous.
• Before connecting the set install an appropriate separation and
protection switch.
• Before connecting the set verify that the data label correspond to the
mains ones.
• Ensure that the conditions and data shown in the instruction booklets
are respected for the entire life of the device;
• Do not obstruct the openings or fessures for ventilation or heat
elimination.
• Before any cleaning or maintenance operation, disconnect the set
by means of the system switch.
• In case of failure and/or malfunctioning of the set disconnect it by
means of the general switch and do not damage it. (To repair the set
contact Urmet after sales services)
• Do not open or tamper with the monitors: HIGH VOLTAGE live parts
inside.
• Avoiding knocking or dropping the device to avoid breaking the
kinescope with consequent projection of glass fragments.
If the above mentioned prescriptions are not followed, the set safety
can be compromised.
The installer must verify that the notices for user are present on the
slave sets.
CONDUCTOR CROSS-SECTION
• Connection of traditional call door phone, 4+n wire electronic call
door phone or coax video door phone systems:
Conductor cross-section depends on the length of the connections
and must be able to guarantee a total resistance of less than 5 Ohm
on each.
Distance [m]
Cross-section [mm2]
Call and speech circuit
50
0,5
100
0,5
200
0,8
300
1,0
Door release circuit
50
100
200
300
0,5
0,8
1,0
1,6
Video circuit (°)
50
100
200
300
0,8
1,0
1,6
2,5
In the table, the maximum distance is to be interpreted as between the
call station and the furthest door phone or video door phone.
For longer distances:
A) Suitably increase circuit wire cross-section area for voice and call
circuit.
B) Use of a back-up relay for operating door lock circuit is
recommended.
C) Installation of a video distributor Ref. 1794/4A is needed for the
coax wire.
In intercom systems it is advisable never to exceed 200 meters.
• Connection of 1+1 wire electronic door phone or 5-wire video door
phone systems.
The system works correctly with a maximum total (forwards and
backwards) line resistance of 12Ω.
Use the following wire cross-section areas according to distance:
Distance [m]
Cross-section [mm2]
Call and speech circuit (terminals 1, 2, CA)
50
0,35
100
0,75
200
1,0
Video door phone power negative (terminal R1)
50
0,75
100
1,5
200
2,5
Video door phone power positive (terminal R2)
50
0,5
100
1,0
200
2,0
Video signal (terminals A, B)
50
0,35
100
0,35
200
0,35 double
Maximum length is between door unit (panel) and the most distant
apartment station (door phone or video door phone).
Up to two house phones can be connected in parallel.
Note: in all sistem foresee the wires for push button panel lamps
lighting with an adequate power transformer (for up to 2 lamps
the system transformer can be used), as well as the wires for
the electric lock opener next to the door.
WIRE LAYING
The wire laying of systems with different voltages is possible not only
in separated conduits but also in the same conduit. In this case all the
wires have an insulation suitable to the highest rated voltage. Wires
of systems incompatible each others as power and telephones TV
antenna, data transmission, must have different conduits and boxes.
By using external conduits it is possible to fail to observe this rule, on
the condition that the incompatible systems are separated by means of
a diaphragm. The internal diameter of the conduits has to be at least
1.3 times the diameter of the circle circumscribed to the wire group that
the conduits have to include, with a minimum of 10 mm.
Never use telephone cables; false calls may occur in installations with
long lines due to problems of cross-talk.
(°) Data in the table refers to the camera and monitor power wires; a
75Ω coax wire (e.g. RG59 U75Ω) is required for the video signal.
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1 −−−− 3
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLER
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
OPERATING ANOMALIES
INSTRUCTION FOR GROUNDING OR NOT OF THE
ELECTRONIC LOCKS AND PUSH BUTTON PANELS
According the IEC 64-8/4 Rule Point 411-1.2.4, the electronic device
for which measures have been adopted to guarantee that in case of
internal failure, the output terminal voltage cannot exceed the indicated
values (50 Vac and, 120 Vdc not inverted) are source SELV type (ex
BTS).
It is the case of the Urmet door phone power supplies for bar mounting
that have a double insulation and that is belonging to class II (identified
by the double square symbol) and that are conforming to IEC 12/13
Rules.
The active parts of the powered circuits (electric locks and push button
panels) absolutely have not to be grounded (point 411.1.4.1). Only
for information, the power supplies that do not belong to class II but
to class I and, therefore, have not a double or intensified insulation,
belong to FELV class (ex BTF). In this case both the power supplies
and the active parts of the fed circuits have to be grounded.
From the lock releases
of the
house-phones
RELAY
ELECTRIC LOCK
Lock
operation
HOUSE PHONE
POWER SUPPLY
RADIO FREQUENCY PICKING
DOOR OPENER SERVICE
Most apartment stations are equipped with door opener button to
operate one or more electrical locks.
It is not recommended to act on two different locks with the same
button, since the excessive power absorbed by the door opener service
might damage the power supply. In this case it is advisable to use
house phones equipped with an additional button to open the second
lock, or else to use relay switches for servocontrol of the second lock.
TV CAMERA UNIT
To obtain the best reproduction never direct the TV camera towards
strong light sources (i.e. sun, lamps, flashes, flames or reflections).
Normal lighting is supplied by the infrared LEDs included in the TV
camera unit. In case it is necessary the additional lamp lighting up for
the outdoor vision (in particular with separated TV camera solution)
insert a proper relay 788/5 or 788/52 by connecting to the video power
supply.
The contacts will close the circuit of the lamps fed with an external
voltage.
OPERATING ANOMALIES
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
BACKGROUND NOISE IN OUTDOOR STATION
SYSTEMS
If, during a conversation a background noise or a rather strong buzzing
are heard, it is necessary to check the power supply and the absence
of failures in the components
One of the causes for the irregular functioning of the system is the 12V
a.c. voltage pick up (for push button panel lamps lighting) from the “-“
terminal of the loudspeaking unit, rather than from the power supply
output.
In fact, by this mistake, when lamps light up there is a voltage drop
in the common wire between power supply and outdoor station that
gives - on its turn - the above mentioned background noises during the
conversation.
Another cause of buzzing depends by long lines systems. The wire 9,
that closes on the terminal –12 through the electric lock coil, induce
the alternated current in the column. To verify disconnect a wire
from electric lock, if the buzzing disappears the cause is located. To
eliminate it control the lock by means of a auxiliary relay connected as
per following scheme:
Some times a radio broadcast program can be heard in the door
phone handset; this happens when the outdoor station is next to the
radio repeater station. By connecting, between terminals “+” and “2”
of the loudspeaking unit a 100 nF capacitor, the inconvenience will be
overcome.
NON-OPERATION
LOUDSPEAKER
OF
THE
CALL
TO
THE
Check the power supply generates the call sound, by inserting a 45
Ohms loudspeaker between terminals “PS” and “~0” of the power
supply.
Replace the power unit in the event of a failure.
INSUFFICIENT RECEPTION IN OUTDOOR STATION
SYSTEMS
The following cases may occur:
1) Insufficient reception at both outdoor and indoor stations.
In this case it is necessary to verify that power supply voltage
is not lower than 5,7V d.c. If feeding is normal, the insufficient
reception is caused, in most cases, by a door phone that remains
permanently inserted since, if the handset is unhooked, the hook
contacts do not disconnect it from the system and therefore the
house phones operate as if they were connected in parallel.
2) Insufficient reception at outdoor station only.
If this occurs only when the outdoor station is in connection with a
certain door phone, the defect can be easily eliminated by acting
on the door phone. If, on the contrary, the reception is weak,
independently from the door phone connected to the loudspeaking
unit, the defect is to be found in the loudspeaking unit itself;
therefore it will be necessary to first check that there have been
no wire inversions in the connection to terminals “1” and “2” or
inversions of “+” and “-“ polarities.
3) Insufficient reception at indoor station only.
Adjust the loudspeaking unit potentiometer by increasing the
volume EXT.
WHISTLE OR LARSEN EFFECT
Should the system present a “whistle” due to Larsen effect, duly adjust
the two volume potentiometers of the loudspeaking unit reducing
the higher yield channel (INT or EXT). A better result is obtained by
acting on the internal volume.
INTERCOMS
One of the most common connection mistakes in an intercom system
causes the following defect: during test operations the handset gives a
background noise and no conversation can take place.
This is due to a wrong connection on the power supply negative
terminal.
4 −−−− sec.1
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
OPERATING ANOMALIES
The power supplies have two negative outputs: “-” and “-J”. The latter
has a series impedance. If, during the installation, a connection is
made on the first output instead of on the second “-J”, the system will
not work since the impedance function is missing.
SYSTEM CHECK AND POSSIBLE FAILURES
OUTDOOR STATION SYSTEM CONTROL
1) Check that voltage between (+) and (-) terminals is of 6V. If voltage
is normal, there should not be:
a) Any badly connected door phone.
b) Any door phone with permanently unhooked handset.
To make sure that all house phones are properly connected, it is
necessary to measure if between “+” and “1A” and “2” terminals
voltage is present.
Under normal conditions, there should be no voltage. If, on the
contrary, voltage is present, it means that in one or more house
phones both the microphone and the receiver are permanently
inserted.
2) Disconnect “+”, “1A” and “2” terminals wires from the loudspeaking
unit and measure with the ohmmeter between wires 1A and 2:
• If the result is infinite the system is in order.
• If there is a resistance of about 100 Ohms, some door phone is
always connected.
• If the result is 0 Ohms, wire 1A and 2 are in short circuit.
To verify the efficiency of the loudspeaking unit, wires 1A and
2 coming from the installation, must be disconnected and a
provisional connection must be made on a perfectly working
door phone; if the conversation is audible, the fault will have to
be found somewhere else. To locate faults it is necessary to proceed upwards on the cable conduit.
REDUCING ARCHITECTURAL BARRIERS
In buildings intended for social activities, such as schools, hospitals,
health care centres, cultural centres, etc., and in all other buildings
where technical precautions are needed to ensure accessibility by
disabled persons, the door phone and video door phone systems must
be installed so to be conveniently used by everyone.
Specifically, avoid installing apartment stations in difficult to reach
points. Install so that the distance between the floor and the upper part
of the microphone is 100cm.
The panel outside the building must be installed as close as possible
to the height of a wheelchair user’s face: the recommended height is
from 115 to 125cm from the floor.
100 cm 115 ÷ 125 cm
1- OR 2-USER BASIC VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
TROUBLESHOOTING AND SOLUTIONS
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
1) No conversation can be established with the door unit: the call
tone is heard on the monitor but the monitor does not light up.
Short-circuit between output terminals: the power unit protection
has tripped; disconnect power (230 Vac) and carefully check the
system wiring again.
2) No conversation can be established with the door unit: no call tone
is heard on the monitor and the monitor does not light up. Check:
• Connection between panel button and monitor CA terminal.
• Connection between power unit terminal PS and panel button
common.
• No short-circuit on power unit “PS” terminal.
3) A conversation can be established with the door unit: the call tone
is heard on the monitor but the monitor does not light up.
Check:
• Presence of voltage (18-20 Vdc) between monitor terminals
“R2” (+) and “R1” (-).
4) A conversation can be established with the door unit: the call tone
is heard on the monitor, the monitor does not light up but the
screen is blank.
Check:
• Presence of voltage (16-18Vdc) between camera terminals
“+TC” “R1”.
• Possible coax interruption or short-circuit.
5) No conversation can be established with the door unit: the call
tone is heard on the video door phone and the camera picture
appears.
Check:
• Presence of voltage (6Vdc) between door unit terminals “+6”
and “-6”.
6) The system works correctly but the door lock cannot be released.
Check:
• Continuity between video door phone “9” and video power unit
“AP” terminals.
All diagrams in this volume can be downloaded from the web site at
www.urmetdomus.com, technical diagram area.
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1 −−−− 5
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
SYSTEM TYPOLOGIES - CHOOSING THE RIGHT SYSTEM
SYSTEM TYPOLOGIES
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
Door phone systems functions include conversation, calling and door
opening in a normal electrical system.
The following devices are needed to make a basic door phone
system:
• Panel with buttons and door unit.
• Apartment station door phones.
• Door phone system power unit.
KEY
A: Door phone
B: Power unit
C: Panel
D: Electrical lock
A
A
Door phone systems are split into two families according to the number
of wires needed to make the system.
C
VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
Urmet Domus video door phone systems ensure a high level of user
safety; visitors can be recognised at the door (of a detached house,
a semi-detached house or a block of flats) thanks to the picture which
appears on the monitor located inside.
The following devices are needed to make a basic video door phone
system:
• Panel with buttons, door unit and camera.
• Apartment station video door phones.
• Video door phone system power unit.
Either black and white or colour video door phone systems are
available using specific monitors and camera.
Video door phone installation is simple and quick thanks to the use
of specific brackets with terminal boards onto which the monitor is
fastened.
Two system types are available: coax and 5 wires.
B
D
Traditional call systems are suitable for making new systems with call
signal to a dedicated buzzer fitted inside the door phone.
This type of door phone is suitable for replacing 1030, 930 and
730 model door phone in existing systems and for making intercom
systems.
“1+1” wire systems
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
“1+1” wires systems are available with electronic call option only.
These systems are characterised by simple wiring with only 2 wires for
each user.
They are suitable for making new installations and are most appreciated
for use in old buildings to replace an existing call only system (button
and bell). The existing service can be transformed into a door phone
system without adding wires to the column or in the apartments.
In this systems, only the called door phone can pick up the conversation
with the visitor (no other users can cut into the call in progress) and
open the electrical door lock.
“4+n” wire systems
Existing call only system
CHOOSING THE RIGHT SYSTEM
This type of system employs 4 wires (2 for voice in and out, 1 for door
phone power ground and 1 for operating the electrical lock) plus one
call wire.
The system may implement either traditional or electronic call tone
options.
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
Door phones with different designs and colour are available for 4+n
wire electronic call systems.
The call tone is sent directly to the speaker used for normal
communication with the door unit. The tone is a modulated two-tone
note (1200 and 750Hz) in this case.
Door phones with special functions can be used (privacy indicator and
door monitoring LED, voice circuit on button, additional buttons directly
on the door phone top). Various accessories are also available (threetone gong, call volume adjustment kit, etc.).
Various doors phones can be connected one to the each other in
addition to the door unit for making intercom systems.
E
F
G
E
F
G
KEY
B: 12V transformer
C: Panel
D: Electrical lock
E: Lock release button
F: Apartment ringer
G: Floor call button
B
C
D
6 −−−− sec.1
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
CHOOSING THE RIGHT SYSTEM
“1+1” wire door phone system
“5 wire” systems
KEY
A: Door phone
B: 12V transformer
C: Panel
D: Electrical lock
F: Apartment ringer
G: Floor call button
F
G
A
F
G
A
These systems are particularly suitable for new installations and
for transforming existing door phone systems into video door
phone systems without addition other wires in the column and the
apartments.
Urmet Domus 5 wire video door phone systems (without coax) can be
used to make video door phone systems with only 4 wires for powering
the monitor and the video signal plus 1 wire for the call signal.
The picture only appears on the called monitor. Conversation is private.
Users must have been called to connect to the door unit.
Simple “1+1” door phones can be connected to the 5 wire video door
phone system for offering voice service only.
Existing door phone system
KEY
A: Door phone system
power unit
B: Video power unit
C: Electrical lock
D: Camera unit
E: Door unit
F: Panel
G: Apartment station
H: Video door phone
distribution box
I: Conversation
privacy board
L: Door phone
B
C
L
D
VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
Coax systems
L
The construction of a coax video door phone system is similar to that
of an electronic call “4+n” door phone system with the addition of video
functions. The wires are the same as those shown for the door phone
system with the addition of those needed to power the camera and the
monitor, in addition to the coax cable for the video signal.
This system offers countless possible configurations for both black and
white and colour installations; it is particularly indicated when there is
a long distance between the camera and the monitors.
Apartment stations in coax systems can be connected one to another
to make intercom systems.
Apartment stations in coax systems can be complemented with a
wide range of accessories (three-tone gong, Scaitel picture memory
module, supplementary buzzer, etc.).
Simple “4+n” door phones can be connected to the coax video door
phone system for offering voice service only.
A
KEY
A: Apartment station
B: Power unit
C: Video door unit
D: Video distribution
E: Electrical lock
A
D
A
A
F
E
A
C
5 wire video door phone system
G
G
H
D
G
A
G
D
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
A
H
TC
D
TC
F
C
E
B
E
B
I
C
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1 −−−− 7
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
DIAGRAM NOTES
C4.003
C1.002 - MINIMUM WIRE
CROSS-SECTION AREAS
Distance m
Cross-section
area sq.mm
Door phone
50
100
200
0,35
0,75
1
Ref.1132/1
Ref.1133/1
Ref.1131/1
Terminal equivalence:
T1
T1
A
T2
T2
B
T3
T3
C
T4
D
C4.004 - Use auxiliary relay
Ref.788/21 or 788/52 for operating the
lock in systems with long lines to
avoid buzzing.
Provide two wires for switching
on the push-button panel light
bulbs. Use a power transformer
suitable to the number of light
bulbs. The system transformer is
sufficient for up to 2 bulbs
(max 6 W).
The connection variant is:
FROM 9 OF
DOOR PHONES
C1.004 - K-Steel models only:
Remove the jumper
a)... and ...
2
12~ S1 S3
Ref.788/52
DEVICE
RELAY
~12
~0
DOOR PHONE
POWER SUPPLY
C4.001 - MINIMUM WIRE
CROSS-SECTION AREAS
m
50
100
200
300
Voice and
sq.mm
call circuit
0,5
0,5
0,8
1
Door opening sq.mm
circuit
0,5
0,8
1
Distance
1,6
- The indicated distance is between
door unit and most distant door phone.
- Lay the wires at a suitable distance
from power lines (as far away as
possible).
Use two wires for lighting the panel
name tags if not included in the diagram.
Use a separate transformer of suitable
power.
Transformer Ref.9000/230 is recommended
for up to 15WThe system power unit is sufficient for
up to 6W.
ELECTRIC
LOCK
Door Lock
Release
C4.006 - Sinthesi models only:
- Connected jumper ... to ...
C4.007 - Sinthesi models only:
See instruction booklet provided with
product for connecting terminals G/T,
~0 and ~12 between modules.
C4.008 - K-Steel models only:
all connections are made with
terminal boards.
C4.009 - Important:
Use cord pairs.
C4.012 - MINIMUM WIRE
CROSS-SECTION AREAS
Distance
m
120
200
300
480
Diameter
mm
0,5
0,65
0,8
1
0,8
1
1,6
Cross-section
sq.mm 0,20
area
C4.014 - Check that the diode respects
the polarisation shown in the diagram.
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
K
C4.015 - Repeater door phone call input
connections.
Call repeater
Ref.1332/84
CA
6
8 −−−− sec.1
Mod.1131
Mod.Scaitel
Mod. Atlantico
“4+n”
“1+1”
wire
wire
systems systems
CA
6
2
1
Mod.1130
“4+n”
“1+1”
wire
wire
systems systems
7
6
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
DIAGRAM NOTES
C4.016 The call
light up
from any
Sinthesi models only:
forwarded LEDs on all panels
when a call is in progress
station.
C4.017 - Sinthesi models only:
The call forwarded LED of the secondary
station in the column to which the call
is directed lights up when a call from
the main panel is in progress.
C4.018 - K-Steel model door units only:
connect terminals ~0 and ~12 for name
tag lighting.
C4.023 - Set the (TIME) trimmer on the
device to minimum time.
CU.009 - Provide two wires for
switching on the push-button panel
light bulbs.
Use a power transformer suitable toe
the number of light bulbs.
Use of transformer Ref. 9000/230 is
recommended for up to five bulbs
(max 15 W).
V5.001 - Wire cross-section area
Maximum
distance
m
50
100
200
R1
Sq.mm 0,75
1,5
2,5
R2
Sq.mm 0,5
1,0
2,0
CA
Sq.mm 0,35
0,50 0,75
A,B
Sq.mm 0,35
0,35
0,35 Double
Wires
wires
The diagrams indicate the distance
between the camera and most distant
video door phone unit.
Normal wires can be used for
distances up to 100 metres. For
higher distances (up to 200 metres)
the wires A and B must be doubled.
V5.002 - Use two wires for lighting the
panel name tags if not included in the
diagram.
Use a separate transformer of suitable
power.
Transformer Ref.9000/230 is recommended
for up to 15WThe system power unit is sufficient for
up to 6W.
V5.004 - On the last distributor,
insert two 82 Ohm resistors (provided)
between terminals R1-A and R1-B.
V5.007 - MINIMUM WIRE
CROSS-SECTION AREAS
From camera to video door phones
Function
Wires
m
50
100 200
Video power
R1
mmq 0,5 0,75 1,5
Video power
R2
mmq 0,5 0,75 1,5
Video signal
A
mmq 0,35 0,35 0,35
Video signal
B
mmq 0,35 0,35 0,35
C1-C2
mmq 0,35 0,5 0,75
AI
mmq 0,35 0,35 0,35
Call
Auto power-on
double
wires
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
The diagrams indicate the distance
between the camera and the
video door phone unit.
Normal wires can be used for
distances up to 100 metres. For
higher distances (up to 200 metres)
the wires A and B must be doubled.
From power unit to camera
Function
VD.002 - See the chapter "Demister
power" in the chosen product manual
for K-Steel camera modules only.
VD.007 = Floor call button.
Wires
m
50
100
-
mmq 0,75 1,50 -
Power 12V~
~12
Power 12V~
~0
mmq 0,75 1,50 -
Power 18V=
+18
mmq 1,50 2,50 -
Power 18V=
R1
mmq 1,50 2,50 -
V5.011 - Connect the wire for switch-on
function. In this case, connect jumper
between terminals X2 and R3.
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1 −−−− 9
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
DIAGRAM NOTES
VX.0 01
output
fitted
remove
- To use video distributor
U5, remove the 75 Ohm resistor
on the printed circuit or
jumper (if existing).
VX.002 - The power unit can power
up to 10 distributors. Use one
local power unit Ref. 789/2 for
each group of distributors (max.
20) after exceeding this limit.
VX.011 - Close the coaxial wire on
the last monitor in the riser with
a 75 Ohm resistance between
terminals V4 and V5.
VX.003 - MINIMUM WIRE
CROSS-SECTION AREAS
Distance
50
100
200
300
Sq.mm
0,5
0,8
1
1,6
Wires
R1,R2,+TC Sq.mm
0,8
1
1,6
2,5
Normal
Wires
COAXIAL
CABLE
75 Ohm
m
VX.010 - No more than 20 monitors
should be connected to each column;
add video distributors to the
camera output or other device if
there are more devices.
Use a normal coaxial wire
for distances up to 300 m
Add a video amplifier for
longer distances.
Provide two wires for switching on
the push-button panel light bulbs.
Use a separate transformer suitable
to the number of light bulbs.
(Transformer ref. 9000/230 is
recommended for up to 5 bulbs).
The system power unit is sufficient
for up to 2 bulbs.
VX.012 - Relay Ref.788/5 or Ref.788/52
is needed to prevent that a video door
phone can be switched on while another
device is working and interrupt vision.
Connect the PS wire directly to the
monitor X1 terminals if the relay is
not fitted.
VX.013 - Connect the switch-off
circuit Ref. 5330/60 in the
push-button panel and connect wire SN
(brown) to the button common. Cut and
isolate wire 1 (red).
VX.014 - Dusk switch or similar device
for switching lights on, where
relevant.
VX.015 - The power unit Ref.1090/850
can power up to 4 devices.
Use another power unit for each group
of 4 devices if the system exceed
this capacity.
VX.006 - See the instruction book
provided with the product for fitting
the accessory in the device.
VX.016 - MINIME WIRE CROSS SECTION AREAS
VX.007 - The cross-section area of the
wires indicated with
must be
double.
Voice and
call wires
Distance
COAXIAL
CABLE
75 Ohm
Ref.1332/85 Ref.1332/86
Protection Filter
Neutral
2 2
N
2 2
Earth
L
Phase
1
IN
1
OUT
1
IN
Line ~
Mains ~
VX.008 - Connect the devices to a
filter and power line protection
device.
1
OUT
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
L
N
m
300
400
700
1000
mmq
1,6
1,75
2,5
4
Use a normal coaxial wire
for distances up to 300 m
Add a video amplifier for
longer distances.
The video amplifier must be installed
near the monitor.
Two BNC connectors are required for
connecting the coax wire. Use a RG59
(75Ohm) coax for a maximum distance
of 300m.
Use video amplifier Ref.1840/250 with
RG11 wire for higher distances
Utility
10 −−−− sec.1
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
DIAGRAM NOTES
VX.018 - Connect the following
jumpers on the device:
a) ..... with .....
b) ..... with .....
c) ..... with .....
VX.021 - Cut or remove the jumpers on
the device(s):
- ...-...
- ...-...
-...-...
VX.023 - Terminal equivalence:
- RT (Sentry+)= RD (Atlantico).
VX.031 - On the device remove
the jumper P1 which short circuit
the diode 1N4700. In intercom system
there is not necessary connect the
diode.
VX.032 - MINIME WIRE CROSS
SECTION AREAS
The section area and the voltage cable
(12Vcc 12Vdc)lenght are in function
of the camera intake.
See the following table:
Camera
intake
Cross section
area(mmq)
Distance
(m)
0,75
50
1,5
100
2,5
150
4
240
max 300mA
VX.025
EXAMPLE OF POWER CONNECTION WITH
ATLANTICO VIDEO DOOR PHONES
R1
RD
R2
R
75
2
V4
V5
V3
RD
R1
R2
VX.033 - MINIME WIRE CROSS
SECTION AREAS
The section area and the voltage cable
(12Vcc 12Vdc)lenght are in function
of the camera intake.
See the following table:
Camera
intake
Cross section
area(mmq)
Distance
(m)
1
50
max 500mA
2,5
125
4
200
VX.034 - MINIME WIRE CROSS SECTION AREAS
1
V4
V5
V3
R1 R2
VX.028 - For Ref. 5330/60 only: cut
and isolate wire 1 (red)
Distance
m
50
100
200
300
Normal
wires
mmq
0,5
0,5
0,8
1
Call and
button
common
wires
mmq
0,5
0,8
1
1,6
Wires
R1, R2, +TC
mmq
0,5
0,5
0,8
1
COAXIAL
CABLE
75 Ohm
Use a normal coaxial wire
for distances up to 300 m
Add a video amplifier for
longer distances.
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
Use two wires for lighting the panel
name tags if not included in the diagram.
Use a separate transformer of suitable
power.
Transformer ref. 9000/230 is recommended
for up to 15WThe system power unit is sufficient for
up to 6W.
VU.002 - Follow the instructions
provided with the product for
fitting the camera.
NOTE 1: The electrical lock is shown in the diagrams and
must have the following features:
12Vac - 15VA
NOTE 2: The number of devices shown by an X must be
evaluated according to the system type to be made.
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1 −−−− 11
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
12 −−−− sec.1
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
SECTION 1A
(REV.D)
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR 4+N WIRE
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
Download from:
www.urmetdomus.com
Technical Manuals area
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1a−−−− 1
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1A
SECTION 1A CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
Diagram
Sec.
Pag.
BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR 4+N WIRE DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF UP TO 2 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT ................................................................ SC101-0858C ..............1a ................ 2
CONNECTION OF UP TO 2 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT ................................................................ SC101-1259B ..............1a ................ 3
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Door phone with or without insertion key........................................................................................................ SC101-1133C ..............1a ................ 4
CONNECTION OF 6 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Door phones A and B are called individually while door phones C-D-E-F are called in parallel .................... SC101-1273A ..............1a ................ 6
CONNECTION OF 6 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Door phones A and B are called individually while door phones C-D-E-F are called in parallel.
Floor call service with differentiated tone.
Possibility of timing the door open.................................................................................................................. SC101-1284A ..............1a ................ 8
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Use the relay box Ref. 788/51 and the power supply Ref. 786/11 ................................................................. SC101-1217C ..............1a ............. 10
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONE TO 2 DOOR UNITS
Differentiated calls from door units. Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15......................................... SC101-1280A ..............1a ............. 12
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS ............................................ SC101-1209C ..............1a ............. 14
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 MAIN OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station.
Use the relay box Ref. 788/51 and the power supply Ref. 786/11 ................................................................. SC101-1240A ..............1a ............. 16
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONE COLUMNS TO 1 MAIN DOOR UNIT
Each column is connected to a secondary door unit. Differentiated calls from door units.
Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15 ................................................................................................. SC101-1282A ..............1a ............. 18
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES MODEL ATLANTICO TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Floor calls on the supplementary loudspeaker ............................................................................................... SC101-1248A ..............1a ............. 20
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Connection of the sound generator to call door phones from the floor using the same loudspeaker ............ SC101-0252D ..............1a ............. 22
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Solution using the three-tone gong kit for differentiated call to the floor
The calls from the push button panel are sent with sound generator
Those to the floor with add-on device for call Ref. 1132/54 ........................................................................... SC101-0791E ..............1a ............. 24
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Solution using additional differential floor call device Ref. 9854/53................................................................ SC101-1070C ..............1a ............. 26
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Door phone “A” can open door during call from panel................................................................................... SC101-0289 II ..............1a ............. 28
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Door open light indicator. Possibility of cutting out calls and respective indications ...................................... SC101-1226B ..............1a ............. 30
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES ............................................................... SC101-0249E ..............1a ............. 32
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 4 DOOR PHONES ............................................................... SC101-1272A ..............1a ............. 34
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONES ........................................... SC101-0861D ..............1a ............. 36
CONNECTION OF 1 MAIN DOOR PHONE TO 12 SHUNT DOOR PHONES MAXIMUM ............................ SC101-0863E ..............1a ............. 38
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Single calls from outdoor station ................................................................................................................... SC101-1243B ..............1a ............. 40
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Parallel calls from outdoor station. Differentiated calls...................................................................................SC101-0578G ..............1a ............. 42
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Single calls from outdoor station. Differentiated calls..................................................................................... SC101-0839D ..............1a ............. 44
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATION
Single calls from outdoor station .................................................................................................................... SC101-1249A ..............1a ............. 46
I −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATION
Parallel calls from outdoor station .................................................................................................................. SC101-1244A ..............1a ............. 48
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Single calls from the push button panels........................................................................................................ SC101-0844E ..............1a ............. 50
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Parallel calls from the push button panels......................................................................................................SC101-0866G ..............1a ............. 52
CONNECTION OF TWO INTERCOMMUNICATING DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS
TO A SYSTEM WITH DOOR UNIT
Parallel calls from door unit. Differentiated calls............................................................................................. SC101-0567E ..............1a ............. 54
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Secrecy of conversation ................................................................................................................................. SC101-1134E ..............1a ............. 56
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Simultaneous opening of two electrical locks ................................................................................................. SC101-0482D ..............1a ............. 58
CONNECTION OF TWO INTERCOM DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS
FROM ONE SECONDARY DOOR UNIT EXTENSION OF AN ELECTRICAL DOOR UNIT SYSTEM
Parallel calls from outdoor station
Differentiated calls .......................................................................................................................................... SC101-0735D ..............1a ............. 60
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1a −−−− II
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1A
SECTION 1A CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1A
SECTION 1A CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
4+N DOOR PHONE SYSTEM DIAGRAM CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
LIST OF AVAILABLE FUNCTIONS
Number of main panels to be installed
Number of secondary panels to be installed
Single calls from panel: each user has its own call button
Calls from panel in parallel: each user has several door phones in the apartmen
Intercom function: users can communicate with each other
Floor calls: users can be called from the outside of the apartment
Differentiated call: the source of the call can be identified
Timed electrical lock: the energising time of the lock can be controlled
Use of devices with low number of DIN modules
MUTE function: possibility of excluding the call tone
Door open control: open door indicated by means of LED
Conversation privacy: users can only talk and listen if called
Operation of two locks at the same time
Use of kits
DIAGRAM
PAG
√
√ CONNECTION OF UP TO 2 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION
SC101-0858C
2
√
√ CONNECTION OF UP TO 2 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
SC101-1259B
3
√
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Door phone with or without insertion key
SC101-1133C
4
√
√ √
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Connection of the sound generator to call door phones from the floor using the same loudspeaker SC101-0252D
22
√ √
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Solution using the three-tone gong kit for differentiated call to the floor.
The calls from the push button panel are sent with sound generator.
Those to the floor with add-on device for call Ref. 1132/54
SC101-0791E
24
√ √
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Solution using additional differential floor call device Ref. 9854/53
SC101-1070C
26
√ √
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES MODEL ATLANTICO TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONS
SC101-1248A
Floor calls on the supplementary loudspeaker
20
√
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Door phone “A” can open door during call from panel
SC101-0289 I
28
√ √
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Door open light indicator. Possibility of cutting out calls and respective indications
SC101-1226B
30
SC101-1134E
56
√
√
√
√
0
√
√
√
1
√
√
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Secrecy of conversation
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Simultaneous opening of two electrical locks
SC101-0482D
58
√ √
CONNECTION OF 6 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Door phones A and B are called individually while door phones C-D-E-F are called in parallel SC101-1273A
6
√ √
√ √ √
CONNECTION OF 6 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Door phones A and B are called individually while door phones C-D-E-F are called in parallel.
SC101-1284A
Floor call service with differentiated tone. Possibility of timing the door open
8
√
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES WITH THE POSSIBILITY
OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Single calls from outdoor station
SC101-1243B
40
√
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 8/13 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Single calls from outdoor station. Differentiated calls
SC101-0839D
44
√
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Parallel calls from outdoor station. Differentiated calls
√
√
√
√
√ √
SC101-0578G
42
√
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 MAIN OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station.
SC101-1240A
Use the relay box Ref. 788/51 and the power supply Ref. 786/11
16
√
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONE COLUMNS TO 1 MAIN DOOR UNIT
Each column is connected to a secondary door unit. Differentiated calls from door units.
Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15
18
K
√
√
SC101-1282A
K = number of columns with panel
III −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
LIST OF AVAILABLE FUNCTIONS
Number of main panels to be installed
Number of secondary panels to be installed
Single calls from panel: each user has its own call button
Calls from panel in parallel: each user has several door phones in the apartment
Intercom function: users can communicate with each other
Floor calls: users can be called from the outside of the apartment
Differentiated call: the source of the call can be identified
Timed electrical lock: the energising time of the lock can be controlled
Use of devices with low number of DIN modules
MUTE function: possibility of excluding the call tone
Door open control: open door indicated by means of LED
Conversation privacy: users can only talk and listen if called
Operation of two locks at the same time
DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Use the relay box Ref. 788/51 and the power supply Ref. 786/11
SC101-1217C
10
√
√
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES WITH THE POSSIBILITY
OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATION. Single calls from outdoor station
SC101-1249A
46
√
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONE TO 2 DOOR UNITS
Differentiated calls from door units. Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15
SC101-1280A
12
√
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 8/13 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Single calls from the push button panels
SC101-0844E
50
√
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Parallel calls from the push button panels
SC101-0866G
52
√
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES WITH THE POSSIBILITY
OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATION. Parallel calls from outdoor station
SC101-1244A
48
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS
SC101-1209C
14
√
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES
SC101-0249E
32
√
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 4 DOOR PHONES
SC101-1272A
34
√
√
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 8/13 DOOR PHONES
SC101-0861D
36
√
√
√
√
√ √
4 0 √
0 0
N N
N 1
PAG
√
√
2 0
DIAGRAM
√
√
CONNECTION OF 1 MAIN DOOR PHONE TO 7/12 SHUNT DOOR PHONES MAXIMUM
SC101-0863E
38
√ √
CONNECTION OF TWO INTERCOMMUNICATING DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS
TO A SYSTEM WITH DOOR UNIT
Parallel calls from door unit. Differentiated calls
SC101-0567E
54
√ √
CONNECTION OF TWO INTERCOM DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF
ANSWERING CALLS FROM ONE SECONDARY DOOR UNIT EXTENSION OF AN
ELECTRICAL DOOR UNIT SYSTEM
Parallel calls from outdoor station. Differentiated calls
SC101-0735D
60
NOTE: The diagrams shown in this table can be made using Sinthesi, K-Steel, 725 panel models.
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1a −−−− IV
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1A
SECTION 1A CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF UP TO 2 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
Pressing one of the external panel buttons, the bitonal electronic
call is sent to the correspondent door phone loudspeaker. When the
called door phone handset is unhooked, contact is established and
conversation may take place. To operate the electric lock it is sufficient
to press the proper push button.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-0858C:
“4+N” DOOR PHONE KIT DIAGRAMS
N. X
(*)
N. 1
5
5
One-family kit (1 button)
Ref. 1129/501
consisting of:
• Smyle panel 1 button with built-in door unit.
• 1 Atlantico door phone (with door opener button and 1
additional button).
• Power transformer: Ref. 9000/230 (230Vac-18VA, 3 DIN
modules).
or
Two-family kit (2 buttons)
Ref. 1129/502
consisting of:
• Smyle panel 2 buttons with built-in door unit.
• 2 Atlantico door phones (with door opener button and 1
additional button).
• Power transformer: Ref. 9000/230 (230Vac-18VA, 3 DIN
modules).
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
6
C4.001
(*) door phone included in two-family kit only
8
2
SC101-0858C
(*)
CA
1
2
6
9
10
CA
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1
2
6
9
10
POWER SUPPLY
MAIN ~
PS
1A
2
1
-/~
~
~
~
~0
~12
Lock Release
~12
~0
ELECTRIC
LOCK
2 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
Pressing one of the external panel buttons, the bitonal electronic
call is sent to the correspondent door phone loudspeaker. When the
called door phone handset is unhooked, contact is established and
conversation may take place. To operate the electric lock it is sufficient
to press the proper push button.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1259B:
“4+N” DOOR PHONE KIT DIAGRAMS
N. 1
(*)
5
N. 1
5
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF UP TO 2 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
One-family kit (1 button)
Ref. 1133/301
consisting of:
• Sinthesi door unit module with 1 call button Ref. 1145/21
• Door unit Ref. 1145/500
• 1 Atlantico door phone Ref. 1133/1
• 1 flush mounting box for 1 module Ref 1145/51
• Module holder with frame for 1 module Ref. 1145/61
• Power unit 230Vac-28VA, 3 DIN modules Ref. 786/11
or
Two-family kit (2 buttons)
Ref. 1133/302
consisting of:
• Sinthesi door unit module with 2 call buttons Ref. 1145/22
• Door unit Ref. 1145/500
• 2 Atlantico door phones Ref. 1133/1
• 1 flush mounting box for 1 module Ref 1145/51
• Module holder with frame for 1 module Ref. 1145/61
• Power unit 230Vac-28VA, 3 DIN modules Ref. 786/11
6
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
8
C4.001
(*) door phone included in two-family kit only
2
(*)
CA
SC101-1259B
1
2
6
10
9
T1
G/T
T1
CA
1
2
6
10
9
T1
G/T
T1
PS
U2
U1
G/T
-J
-6
+6
~0
L
1A
2
+
1
~
POWER SUPPLY
Lock Release
MAIN ~
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
MODULE FOR DOOR UNIT
G/T
~0
~12
Posto
Esterno
~0
~12
~
~12
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
ELECTRIC
LOCK
sec. 1a −−−− 3
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Door phone with or without insertion key
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
Pressing one of the external panel buttons, the bitonal electronic
call is sent to the correspondent door phone loudspeaker. When the
called door phone handset is unhooked, contact is established and
conversation may take place. To operate the electric lock it is sufficient
to press the proper push button.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1133C:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. X
N. X
4+(n-2)
5
Door phone Mod. Utopia
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico
wiht insertion key
Grey colour
Ref. 1134/1
White colour
Ref. 1133
White colour
Ref. 1133/10
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1
Power supply for
door phone system
28VA
Ref. 786/11
4+(n-1)
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Amplified door unit
5
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
4+n
or
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit
9+n
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
2
or
725 model
N. 1
Panel with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for door unit
N. 1
Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
4 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1133C
TO THE FOLLOWING
DOOR PHONES
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Door phone with or without insertion key
CA
1
2
6
9
10
CA
1
2
6
9
10
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
U4
U3
U2
U1
U2
U1
G/T
PS
(C4.006)
-J
~0
Lock Release
MAIN ~
~
(C4.004)
~12
ELECTRIC
LOCK
Name tag
lighting
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
~
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
L
1A
2
+
1
-6
+6
POWER SUPPLY
FOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.004
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.007
C4.008
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1a−−−− 5
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 6 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Door phones A and B are called individually
while door phones C-D-E-F are called in parallel
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
By pressing U1 or U2 on the panel inside the building, a two-tone
electronic call is sent to the speaker or door phone A or door phone B,
respectively.
By pressing U3 on the panel, door phones C-D-E-F are all called at the
same time.
Lift the handset of the called door phones to establish a conversation
with the door unit. Simply press the corresponding button to release
the electrical door lock.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1273A:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 6
N. 6
Door phone Mod. Utopia
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico
Grey colour
White colour
Ref. 1134/1
Ref. 1133
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
5
F
N. 1
5
Power supply for
door phone system
28VA
Ref. 786/11
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
5
E
PARALLEL CALLS
5
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Ref. 1145/13
Ref. 1145/20
Ref. 1145/500
5
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
D
5
or
5
C
K-Steel model
N. 1
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit
5
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
5
B
6
Ref. 1155/13A
Ref. 1155/20
SINGLE CALLS
or
5
A
725 model
N. 1
Panel with 3 buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Ref. 1155/13A
Ref. 1128/500
or
7
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for door unit
N. 1
Door unit
N. 3
Button
N. 3
Blank module (*)
12
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/1-/2
Ref. 1128/30-/31
(*) for small button installation only
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
2
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.004
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.008
6 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1273A
CA
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 6 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Door phones A and B are called individually
while door phones C-D-E-F are called in parallel
1
2
6
9
10
F
CA
1
2
6
9
10
E
PARALLEL CALLS
CA
1
2
6
9
10
D
CA
1
2
6
9
10
C
CA
1
2
6
9
10
B
SINGLE CALLS
CA
1
2
6
9
10
A
~
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
U3
U2
U1
G/T
MAIN~
~
PS
L
1A
2
+
1
~0
-J
-6
+6
(C4.008)
POWER SUPPLY
FOR HOUSE
PHONE SYSTEM
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
(C4.006)
Lock Release
Name tag
lighting
ELECTRIC
LOCK
~12
(C4.004)
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1a−−−− 7
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 6 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Door phones A and B are called individually while door phones C-D-E-F are called
in parallel. Floor call service with differentiated tone.
Possibility of timing the door open
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
By pressing U1 or U2 on the panel inside the building, a two-tone
electronic call is sent to the speaker or door phone A or door phone B,
respectively.
By pressing U3 on the panel, door phones C-D-E-F are all called at the
same time.
Lift the handset of the called door phones to establish a conversation
with the door unit.
Each apartment is equipped with a floor call button which will operate
the ringer with a differentiated call tone with respect to that of the door
unit.
Simply press the corresponding button to release the electrical door
lock (operation can be timed).
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1284A:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 6
N. 6
Door phone Mod. Utopia
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico
Grey colour
White colour
Ref. 1134/1
Ref. 1133
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1
Power supply for
door phone system
28VA
Ref. 786/13
5
F
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
6
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Amplified door unit
5
E
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
PARALLEL CALL
6
5
D
Ref. 1145/13
Ref. 1145/20
Ref. 1145/500
or
K-Steel model
N. 1
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit
6
5
C
Ref. 1155/13A
Ref. 1155/20
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
6
5
B
or
7
SINGLE CALLS
5
A
725 model
N. 1
Panel with 3 buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Ref. 1155/13A
Ref. 1128/500
or
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for door unit
N. 1
Door unit
N. 3
Button
N. 3
Blank module (*)
8
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/1-/2
Ref. 1128/30-/31
(*) for small button installation only
12
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
2
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.008
VD.007
8 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1284A
(VD.007)
F
CA
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 6 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Door phones A and B are called individually while door phones C-D-E-F are called
in parallel. Floor call service with differentiated tone.
Possibility of timing the door open
1
2
6
9
10
(VD.007)
E
CA
1
2
6
9
10
PARALLEL CALLS
(VD.007)
D
CA
1
2
6
9
10
(VD.007)
C
CA
1
2
6
9
10
(VD.007)
B
CA
1
2
6
9
10
SINGLE CALLS
(VD.007)
A
CA
1
2
6
9
10
Name tag
lighting
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U3
U2
U1
G/T
PS2
AP
PS
(C4.006)
SE2
POWER SUPPLY
FOR HOUSE
PHONE SYSTEM
L
1A
2
+
1
~0
-J
-6
+6
~
MAIN~
Lock Release
(C4.008)
~
SE1
~12
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
ELECTRIC
LOCK
sec.1a−−−− 9
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Use the relay box Ref. 788/51 and the power supply Ref. 786/11
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This type of installation solves the problem to connect a series of
house phones of a building with 2 entrances each one equipped with
a push button panel.
This solution permits, by simply pushing a button from one of the 2
push button panels, to connect automatically the user to the calling
push button panels unhooking the handset. This type of installation
does not allow to talk from both outdoor stations simultaneously, since
they work alternatively.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1217C:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. X
Door phone Mod. Utopia
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico
Grey colour
White colour
Ref. 1134/1
Ref. 1133
4+(n-2)
POWER SUPPLY AND RELAY REFERENCES
N. 1
5
N. 1
Power supply for
door phone system
Relay box
28VA
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 788/51
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
4+(n-1)
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 2
Module with door unit set-up
N. 2
Amplified door unit
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
5
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 2
Module with door unit
4+n
7+n
7+n
2
2
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
725 model
N. 2
Panel with N buttons
N. 2
Amplified door unit
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1128 model
N. 2
Front case for door unit
N. 2
Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.007
VX.014
10 −−−− sec.1a
C4.008
C4.016
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1217C
TO THE FOLLOWING DOOR PHONES
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Use the relay box Ref. 788/51 and the power supply Ref. 786/11
CA
1
2
6
9
10
CA
1
2
6
9
10
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
U4
U3
U2
U1
8
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
U2
U1
G/T
SN2
52
U2
U1
G/T
SN1
(C4.006)
L
1A
2
+
1
Name tag
lighting
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
(C4.006)
3
6
L
1A
2
+
1
1
4
12
14
10
15
Lock
Release
RELAY
ELECTRIC
LOCK
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
Lock
Release
13
7
9
C1 C2 11
ELECTRIC
LOCK
Name tag
lighting
~0 ~12
Name tag
lighting
~0
~12
MAIN ~
~
MAIN ~
~
~
(VX.014)
~ PS
+6 -6 ~0 ~12
(C4.007)
POWER SUPPLY
FOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1a−−−− 11
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONE TO 2 DOOR UNITS
Differentiated calls from door units.
Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This type of system solves the problem of connecting a door phone
column in a building with two entrances, each of which equipped with
one panel and respective door unit.
In this solution, a visitor can simply press a button on either of the
two panels. The called door phone user can pick up the call and
automatically connect to the calling panel. The other panel will be cut
off.
As a consequence, it is not possible in such as system to speak to two
door units at the same time because either one or the other will be cut
off.
The user can recognise which door unit generated the call thanks to
two different call tones.
Simply press the corresponding button to release the electrical door
lock of the door unit from where the call was generated.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1280A:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. X
Door phone Mod. Utopia
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico
Grey colour
White colour
Ref. 1134/1
Ref. 1133
POWER SUPPLY AND RELAY REFERENCES
N. 1
Power supply for door phone system
Ref. 786/15
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 2
Module with door unit set-up
N. 2
Amplified door unit
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
4+(n-2)
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
5
or
4+(n-1)
5
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 2
Module with door unit
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
4+n
or
7+n
2
7+n
725 model
N. 2
Panel with N buttons
N. 2
Amplified door unit
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
2
or
1128 model
N. 2
Front case for door unit
N. 2
Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.007
12 −−−− sec.1a
C4.008
C4.016
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1280A
TO THE FOLLOWING DOOR PHONES
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONE TO 2 DOOR UNITS
Differentiated calls from door units.
Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15
CA
1
2
6
9
10
CA
1
2
6
9
10
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
(C4.016)
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
Name tag
lighting
U4
U3
U2
U1
U2
U1
G/T
U2
U1
G/T
(C4.006)
L
+
1A
2
1
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
(C4.016)
(C4.006)
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
L
+
1A
2
1
ELECTRIC
LOCK
ELECTRIC
LOCK
Lock
Release
Name tag
lighting
Lock
Release
MAIN ~
C1 PS2 C2 PS 7
~12 1 4 SN1 8 - ~0 2 5 SN2 + 6 3 9 -J ~
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
~
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
POWER SUPPLY
FOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
sec.1a−−−− 13
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This installation allows connection of a series of door phone to 4 push
button panels.
By simply pushing a button on one of the 4 panels, the called door
phone, picking up the handset, is automatically connected with the
calling push button panel.
It is not possible to talk from the outdoor stations simultaneously, since
they work alternatively.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1209C:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. X
Door phone Mod. Utopia
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico
Grey colour
White colour
Ref. 1134/1
Ref. 1133
4+(n-2)
POWER SUPPLY AND RELAY REFERENCES
5
N. 1
N. 1
4+(n-1)
5
28VA
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 788/58
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 4
Module with door unit set-up
N. 4
Amplified door unit
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
4+n
7+n
Power supply for
door phone system
Relay box
7+n
or
2
7+n
2
2
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 4
Module with door unit
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
7+n
2
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
or
725 model
N. 4
Panel with N buttons
N. 4
Amplified door unit
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1128 model
N. 4
Front case for door unit
N. 4
Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.007
14 −−−− sec.1a
C4.008
C4.016
VX.014
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1209C
TO THE FOLLOWING DOOR PHONES
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS
CA
1
2
6
9
10
Name tag
lighting
~0
~12
CA
~
MAIN ~
1
2
6
9
10
~
(VX.014)
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
(C4.016)
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
(C4.016)
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
AP 2 1
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
U2
U1
G/T
SN4
SN3
1 IV
2 IV
- IV
1 III
2 III
- III
U2
U1
G/T
(C4.006)
(C4.006)
L
1A
2
+
1
L
1A
2
+
1
Lock Release
Lock Release
Name tag
lighting
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
AP IV
ELECTRIC
LOCK
AP III
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
U4
U3
U2
U1
U4
U3
U2
U1
U2
U1
G/T
SN1
SN2
1I
2I
-I
1 II
2 II
- II
U2
U1
G/T
(C4.006)
(C4.006)
L
1A
2
+
1
RELAY
BOX
Lock Release
Name tag
lighting
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
(C4.016)
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
(C4.016)
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
AP I
ELECTRIC
LOCK
-
AP II
Name tag
lighting
ELECTRIC
LOCK
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
L
1A
2
+
1
Lock Release
ELECTRIC
LOCK
Name tag
lighting
~ ~
0 12 C1 C2
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
MAIN ~
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
+6 ~0 ~12 -6
~
~
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
PS
sec.1a−−−− 15
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONES
TO 1 MAIN OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station.
Use the relay box Ref. 788/51 and the power supply Ref. 786/11
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
It is the ideal solution for residential centers where the single villas
have to be connected to both their own outdoor stations and a common
one at the main entrance.
During the call the concerned door phone is automatically switched to
the common outdoor station or to the one of the group it belongs to, by
means of a switching relay.
Services towards secondary outdoor stations are independent and can
therefore take place at the same time.
When the call comes from the common outdoor station, only the group
the called door phone belongs to is switched to it, the others being
able to carry on the normal service with their own secondary outdoor
stations.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1240A:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. X
4+(n-2)
5
Grey colour
White colour
Ref. 1134/1
Ref. 1133
POWER SUPPLY AND RELAY REFERENCES
N. 1
4+(n-2)
Door phone Mod. Utopia
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico
N. K
N. 1
Power supply for
door phone system
Relay box
Call repeater relay
28VA
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 788/51
Ref. 788/52
5
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
4+(n-1)
4+(n-1)
5
5
4+n
4+n
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. K+1 Module with door unit set-up
N. K+1 Amplified door unit
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
9+n
5+n
6
5+n
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. K+1 Module with door unit
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
9+n
5+K+n
or
725 model
N. K+1 Panel with N buttons
N. K+1 Amplified door unit
2
8+K+
n+n...
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
2
or
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1128 model
N. K+1 Front case for door unit
N. K+1 Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
2
K= quantity of columns
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
(K= quantity of columns)
16 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1240A
1ST COLUMN
2ND COLUMN
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONES
TO 1 MAIN OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station.
Use the relay box Ref. 788/51 and the power supply Ref. 786/11
CA
1
2
6
9
10
CA
1
2
6
9
10
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
RELAY
BOX
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
(C4.017)
8
52
10
11
12
SN2
SN1
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
CONNECTION
AS 1ST GROUP
(C4.006)
L
1A
2
+
1
3
6
1
4
Lock
Release
14
7
C1
13
9
15
~
12
ELECTRIC LOCK
SN1
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
(C4.017)
1
4
-6
MAIN ~
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
7
C1
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
~
~
PS ~ - + ~
0 6 6 12
Calls
SN1
Name tag
lighting
L
1A
2
+
1
1
4
-6
ELECTRIC
LOCK
RELAY
BOX
Common
7
C1
CA
2
S1
S3
~12
~0
6
C
S2
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Lock
Release
TO THE FOLLOWING
GROUP
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
~
C2 0
Name tag
lighting
MAIN ~
~ + - ~
12 6 6 0 PS
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
~
~
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.007
C4.008
C4.017
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1a−−−− 17
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONE COLUMNS TO 1 MAIN DOOR UNIT
Each column is connected to a secondary door unit. Differentiated calls from door
units. Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The system is useful in residential centres where individual houses or
blocks need to be connected to their own door units and to a common
door unit located at the main entrance.
The concerned door phone is automatically switched onto the common
door unit or onto the secondary door unit of the concerned group when
called by means of a switching relay.
Services to secondary door units are mutually interdependent and
therefore may occur at the same time.
When a call is made from the common door unit, only the group
to which the called door phone belongs is switched. The other door
phones can be continue to work with their own secondary units.
The user can recognise calls from the main door unit or the secondary
door unit thanks to two different call tones.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1282A:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. X
4+(n-2)
5
Grey colour
White colour
Ref. 1134/1
Ref. 1133
POWER SUPPLY AND RELAY REFERENCES
N. K
N. 1
4+(n-2)
Door phone Mod. Utopia
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico
N. 1
Column power supply
Power supply for
door phone system
Call repeater relay
Ref. 786/15
28VA
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 788/52
5
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
4+(n-1)
4+(n-1)
5
5
4+n
4+n
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. K+1 Module with door unit set-up
N. K+1 Amplified door unit
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or:
9+n
5+n
6
5+n
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. K+1 Module with door unit
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
9+n
5+K+n
or
725 model
N. K+1 Panel with N buttons
N. K+1 Amplified door unit
2
8+K+
n+n...
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
2
or
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1128 model
N. K+1 Front case for door unit
N. K+1 Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
2
K= quantity of columns
18 −−−− sec.1a
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1282A
1ST COLUMN
2ND COLUMN
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONE COLUMNS TO ONE MAIN DOOR UNIT
Each column is connected to a secondary door unit. Differentiated calls from door
units. Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15
CA
1
2
6
9
10
CA
1
2
6
9
10
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
COLUMN
POWER SUPPLY
CONNECTION
AS 1ST GROUP
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
(C4.017)
8
52
SN2
SN1
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
(C4.006)
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
L
1A
2
- Loudspeaking
unit
+
1
3
6
1
4
-
+
~0
PS
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
(C4.017)
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
Name tag
lighting
Lock
Release
C2
9
~12
7
C1
ELECTRIC
LOCK
SN1
1
4
PS2
-
0 230
7
MAIN ~
TO THE FOLLOWING
GROUP
Calls
SN1
Name tag
lighting
L
1A
2
+
1
1
4
-
Common
7
Lock
Release
ELECTRIC
LOCK
CALL
REPEATER
RELAY
CA
2
S1
S3
~12
~0
6
C
S2
MAIN ~
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Loudspeaking
unit
POWER SUPPLY
FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
~12 +6 -6 ~0
~
~
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.007
C4.008
C4.017
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1a−−−− 19
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES MODEL ATLANTICO
TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Floor calls on the supplementary loudspeaker
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
Pressing one of the external panel buttons, the bitonal electronic
call is sent to the correspondent door phone loudspeaker. When the
called door phone handset is unhooked, contact is established and
conversation may take place. To operate the electric lock it is sufficient
to press the proper push button.
Floor calls can be differentiated from door unit calls by adding devices
Ref. 787/1.
The additional loudspeaker Ref. 9854/54 has more high call tone.
This type of system can be made with Atlantico door phones only.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1248A:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. X
Door phone Mod. Atlantico
Additional speaker
Ref. 1133
Ref. 9854/54
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
6+(n-2)
N. 1
N. 1
7
Power supply for
door phone system
Tone generator
28VA
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 787/1
TC
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Amplified door unit
6+(n-1)
7
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
TC
or
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit
6+n
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
9+n
2
or
725 model
N. 1
Panel with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for door unit
N. 1
Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.004
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.007
20 −−−− sec.1a
C4.008
VD.007
VX.006
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1248A
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES MODEL ATLANTICO
TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Floor calls on the supplementary loudspeaker
CA
1
2
6
9
10
(VX.006)
(VD.007)
CA
1
2
6
9
10
(VX.006)
(VD.007)
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
U4
U3
U2
U1
SN
PS
TONE
GENERATOR
~12
~0
U2
U1
G/T
PS
(C4.006)
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
L
1A
2
+
1
~0
-6
+6
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
Lock Release
~12
Name tag
lighting
ELECTRIC LOCK
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
(C4.004)
~
MAIN ~
~
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1a−−−− 21
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Connection of the sound generator to call door phones
from the floor using the same loudspeaker
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
When one of the keys of the push button panel located outside
the building is pressed, the two-tone electronic call is sent to the
loudspeaker of the matching door phone. When the handset of the
door phone called is lifted, the contact between the outside and inside
is established and the conversant can start.
To activate the electric lock, press the matching key.
Adding the Ref. 787/1 tone generator, it is possible to use the
loudspeaker of the door phone for the call from the floor without having
to add other buzzers. The call tone differs from that sent to the push
button panel making it possible to identify the source.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-0252D:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. X
Door phone Mod. Utopia
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico
Grey colour
White colour
Ref. 1134/1
Ref. 1133
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
5+(n-2)
N. 1
N. 1
5
Power supply for
door phone system
Tone generator
28VA
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 787/1
TC
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Amplified door unit
5+(n-1)
5
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
TC
or
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit
5+n
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
9+n
2
or
725 model
N. 1
Panel with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for door unit
N. 1
Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
VD.007
22 −−−− sec.1a
C4.004
C4.006
C4.007
C4.008
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0252D
TO THE FOLLOWING
DOOR PHONES
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Connection of the sound generator to call door phones
from the floor using the same loudspeaker
(VD.007)
CA
1
2
6
9
10
(VD.007)
CA
1
2
6
9
10
MAIN ~
~
~
~ + -~
12 6 6 0 PS J
~ ~ PS SN
0 12
TONE
GENERATOR
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
U2
U1
G/T
(C4.006)
Lock Release
(C4.004)
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
L
1A
2
+
1
ELECTRIC LOCK
Name tag
lighting
sec.1a−−−− 23
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
U4
U3
U2
U1
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Solution using the three-tone gong kit for differentiated call to the floor
The calls from the push button panel are sent with sound generator
Those to the floor with add-on device for call Ref. 1132/54
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
When one of the keys of the push button panel located outside
the building is pressed, the two-tone electronic call is sent to the
Loudspeaker of the matching door phone. When the handset of the
door phone called is lifted, the contact between the outside and inside
is established and the conversation can start. To activate the electric
lock, press the matching key.
Adding the three-tone Gong kit inside each door phone and an extra
power supply, the call can be made to the floor differentiating this from
those sent by the external push button panel. The Ref. 1132/54 makes
it possible to transform the normal call signal into a three-toner Gong
to be sent to the loudspeaker of the door phone.
This device must be powered at 12Vdc; additional power unit
Ref. 1090/850 may be used. For this purpose, include one additional
wire in the system for the “+” terminal and another additional wire to
connect to the “PS” terminal of the door phone power unit cut by the
floor call button.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-0791E:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. X
Door phone Mod. Utopia
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico
N. X
Add-on device for call
7
White colour
Ref. 1134/1
Ref. 1133
Ref. 1132/54
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
6+(n-2)
Grey colour
Power supply for
door phone system
Additional power unit
28VA
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 1090/850
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Amplified door unit
TC
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
6+(n-1)
or
7
TC
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
6+n
or
9+n
2
725 model
N. 1
Panel with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for door unit
N. 1
Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.006
C4.008
VD.007
24 −−−− sec.1a
C4.004
C4.007
VX.006
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0791E
TO THE FOLLOWING
DOOR PHONES
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Solution using the three-tone gong kit for differentiated call to the floor
The calls from the push button panel are sent with sound generator
Those to the floor with add-on device for call Ref. 1132/54
1
2
6
9
10
CA
CA
6
CH2
+
CH1
(VX.006)
(VD.007)
1
2
6
9
10
CA
CA
6
CH2
+
CH1
(VX.006)
(VD.007)
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
P1
P2
0
MAIN ~
U4
U3
U2
U1
230
Vout
GND
U2
U1
G/T
PS
(C4.006)
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
-J
~0
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
L
1A
2
+
1
-6
+6
Lock Release
~
MAIN ~
~
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
(C4.004)
~12
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
ELECTRIC
LOCK
Name tag
lighting
sec.1a−−−− 25
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
ADDITIONAL
POWER UNIT
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Solution using additional differential floor call device Ref. 9854/53
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
When one of the keys of the push button panel located outside
the building is pressed, the two-tone electronic call is sent to the
Loudspeaker of the matching door phone. When the handset of the
door phone called is lifted, the contact between the outside and inside
is established and the conversation can start. To activate the electric
lock, press the matching key.
Floor calls can be differentiated from door unit calls by fitting an
additional device inside each door phone.
The device must be powered either at 12Vdc or 12Vac. For powering
the device at 12Vac, simply include one extra wire in the column
connected to the door phone power unit terminal ~12. Use an additional
dc power unit Ref. 1090/850 to power the device is powered at
12Vdc.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1070C:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. X
Door phone Mod. Utopia
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico
N. X
Add-on device for call
Grey colour
White colour
Ref. 1134/1
Ref. 1133
Ref. 9854/53
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1
6+(n-2)
7
N. 1
28VA
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 1090/850
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Amplified door unit
6+(n-1)
7
Power supply for
door phone system
Additional power unit
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
TC
or
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
6+n
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
9+n
2
725 model
N. 1
Panel with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for door unit
N. 1
Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.006
C4.008
VX.006
26 −−−− sec.1a
C4.004
C4.007
VD.007
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1070C
TO THE FOLLOWING
DOOR PHONES
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Solution using additional differential floor call device Ref. 9854/53
CA
1
2
6
9
10
CA
1
2
6
9
10
CH
CP+
CP(VD.007)
(VX.006)
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
P1
P2
U4
U3
U2
U1
MAIN ~
230
Vout
GND
U2
U1
G/T
PS
(C4.006)
-J
~0
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
L
1A
2
+
1
-6
+6
Lock Release
~
MAIN ~
~
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
(C4.004)
~12
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
ELECTRIC
LOCK
Name tag
lighting
sec.1a−−−− 27
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
0
ADDITIONAL
POWER UNIT
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Door phone “A” can open door during call from panel
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This service is particularly required by professional offices, where a lot
of people coming in and out obliges to often open the door without the
use of the door phone to talk with the outside.
Scheme SC101-0289 I shows the connection of one or more house
phones suitable for this service in a normal outdoor system. The relay
box Ref. 788/52 and the power supply Ref. 1090/850 have to be
foreseen.
With the switch in ON position, when the visitors calls the door phone
buzzer doesn’t ring, but the relay starts and automatically opens the
electric lock.
The switch ON position is signaled on the door phone by GREEN LED
lighting.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-0289 I:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
Door phone Mod. Atlantico
White colour
Ref. 1133
DOOR PHONE “A” REFERENCES
N. 1
Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 1 key
+ mute kit
Ref. 1133/1
Ref. 1133/56
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
4+(n-1)
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
5
Power supply for
door phone system
Additional power unit
Transformer
Relay box
28VA
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 1090/850
Ref. 9000/230
Ref. 788/52
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
4+n
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Amplified door unit
8
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
8+n
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
9+n
2
or
725 model
N. 1
Panel with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for door unit
N. 1
Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.006
C4.008
28 −−−− sec.1a
C4.004
C4.007
VX.006
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0289 I
TO THE FOLLOWING
DOOR PHONES
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Door phone “A” can open door during call from panel
CA
1
2
6
9
10
CA
1
2
6
9
10
A
10
CA
Rz
R
+
AP
MAIN ~
MAIN ~
~ ~
~ ~
12 0
0 230
TRANSFORMER
P1 P2 Vout GND
6 S1 CA S3
~ ~
0 12
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
RELAY
BOX
ADDITIONAL
POWER UNIT
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
U4
U3
U2
U1
U2
U1
G/T
PS
(C4.006)
-J
~0
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
L
1A
2
+
1
-6
+6
Lock
Release
~
MAIN ~
~
(C4.004)
~12
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
ELECTRIC
LOCK
Name tag
lighting
sec.1a−−−− 29
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
(VX.006)
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Door open light indicator.
Possibility of cutting out calls and respective indications
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
Possibility of cut-off. (privacy on)
With an installation as per Scheme SC101-1226B, operation will be
the following:
With the switch in OFF position the call sent from push button panel will
reach the proper door phone loudspeaker; the GREEN LED is off.
With the switch in ON position the door phone is cut-off and the
GREEN LED is on (the circuit between RZ and R is closed).
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1226B:
Possibility of main door gate check
Connect as shown in diagram for providing open door signalling
function. and to equip the door with the proper contact.
With said installation the RED LED of all house phones will be on when
the main door gate is open.
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
DOOR PHONE “A” REFERENCES
Max. 7 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 2 LEDs
1 switch
Ref. 1133/20
DOOR PHONE “B” REFERENCES
Max. 7 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 1 key
Max. 7 Mute kit + led
Ref. 1133/1
Ref. 1133/56
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
A
Power supply for
door phone system
Additional power unit “A”
28VA
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 1090/850
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
7
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 4
Module with door unit set-up
N. 4
Amplified door unit
6+(n-1)
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
B
7
or
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 4
Module with door unit
6+n
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
11+n
or
4
725 model
N. 1
Panel with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for door unit
N. 1
Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.007
VX.006
30 −−−− sec.1a
C4.004
C4.008
VX.014
C4.006
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
Door open light indicator.
Possibility of cutting out calls and respective indications
SC101-1226B
TO THE FOLLOWING
DOOR PHONES
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
MAIN~
CA
1
2
6
9
10
Rz
R
AP
+
A
~
~
(VX.014)
Name tag
lighting
12 ~
~
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
CA
1
2
6
9
10
B
(VX.006)
10
CA
Rz
R
AP
+
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
P1
(C4.007) (C4.008)
P2
0
U4
U3
U2
U1
MAIN~
230
Vout
GND
U2
U1
G/T
PS
(C4.006)
-J
~0
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
L
1
2
+
1A
-6
+6
Lock Release
~
MAIN~
~
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
ADDITIONAL
POWER UNIT
(C4.004)
~12
ELECTRIC
LOCK
Name tag
lighting
DOOR OPEN CONTACT
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1a−−−− 31
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This installation allows communication between two separate places,
such as: shop-warehouse, director’s office - secretary’s office, etc.
The calling house phones handset must be unhooked and the hook
lever pressed to the bottom in order to establish the connection with
the called door phone. As soon as the called door phone handset is
picked up, connection is made.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-0249E:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 2
N. 2
1
Door phone Mod. Utopia
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico
Grey colour
White colour
Ref. 1134/1
Ref. 1133
2
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1
Power supply for
door phone system
28VA
Ref. 786/11
DIAGRAM NOTES
6
4
6
(see section 1)
C4.001
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s) 6 - 10.
32 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0249E
CA
1
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES
2
6
10
9
(VX.021)
CA
1
2
6
10
9
(VX.021)
MAIN~
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1a−−−− 33
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 4 DOOR PHONES
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
To communicate with any of the other house phones, the user must
press the call key corresponding to the door phone required. On lifting
the handset, the user called is automatically connected to the calling
door phone.
The service is not secret, i.e. if the user of a third door phone lifts the
handset while other two are talking, the conversation can be heard.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1272A:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 4
N. 8
N. 4
N. 8
Door phone Mod. Utopia
Grey colour
Additional buttons (packing of 8)
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 1 key
Additional buttons (packing of 10)
Ref. 1134/1
Ref. 1134/55
Ref. 1133/1
Ref. 1133/55
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1
Power supply for
door phone system
28VA
Ref. 786/11
4+n
DIAGRAM NOTES
4+n
(see section 1)
4+n
C4.001
VX.006
4+n
4+n
4+n
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
4
34 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1272A
CA
1
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 4 DOOR PHONES
2
6
10
9
4
(C4.003)
(VX.006)
T1
G/T
T2
G/T
T3
G/T
CA
1
2
6
10
9
3
(C4.003)
(VX.006)
T1
G/T
T2
G/T
T3
G/T
CA
1
2
6
10
9
2
(C4.003)
(VX.006)
T1
G/T
T2
G/T
T3
G/T
CA
1
2
6
10
9
(C4.003)
(VX.006)
T1
G/T
T2
G/T
T3
G/T
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1
MAIN~
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
~ + - PS - ~
06 J
6 12
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
~
~
sec.1a−−−− 35
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONES
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system is made of a main centralized door phone and of shunt
phones. The main door phone can call and be called by the shunt
phones.
The shunt phones can only call the main phone but cannot call one
another.
In order to call a shunt phone, the main one must push the
corresponding key; in order to call the main phone, the shunts must
press the proper key.
Using the Mod. Atlantico with 12 additional key, it is possible to call up
to 13 shunt phones
.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-0861D:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 13
5+n
Ref. 1133/12
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1
5+n
Door phone Mod. Atlantico with
12 additional key
Power supply for
door phone system
28VA
Ref. 786/11
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
VX.006
5+n
5+n
5+n
5+n
5+n
10+n
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
2
36 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0861D
TO THE FOLLOWING DOOR PHONES
U12
U11
U10
U9
U8
U7
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONES
U6
U5
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
CA
1
2
6
10
9
-/~
+/~
U12
U11
U10
U9
U8
U7
U6
U5
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
CA
1
2
6
10
9
-/~
+/~
U12
U11
U10
U9
U8
U7
U6
U5
U4
U3
U2
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
U1
G/T
CA
1
2
6
10
9
-/~
+/~
MAIN~
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
~ - +PS
0J6
- ~ ~ ~
6 18 12
~
(VX.008)
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1a−−−− 37
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 1 MAIN DOOR PHONE TO 12 SHUNT DOOR PHONES MAXIMUM
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system is made of a main centralized door phone and of shunt
phones. The main door phone can call and be called by the shunt
phones.
The shunt phones can only call the main phone but cannot call one
another.
In order to call a shunt phone, the main one must push the
corresponding key; in order to call the main phone, the shunts must
press the proper key.
Using the Mod. Atlantico Atlantico with 12 additional key, it is possible
to call up to 12 shunt phones
.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-0863E:
5+(n-2)
6
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
MAIN DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 1
Door phone Mod. Atlantico with
12 additional key
Ref. 1133/12
SHUNT DOOR PHONES REFERENCES
N. 7
Door phone Mod. Atlantico
Ref. 1133
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1
Power supply for
door phone system
28VA
Ref. 786/11
DIAGRAM NOTES
5+(n-1)
(see section 1)
C4.001
VX.006
6
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s) 6 - 10.
5+n
5+n
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
4
38 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0863E
SHUNT DOOR PHONES
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 1 MAIN DOOR PHONE TO 12 SHUNT DOOR PHONES MAXIMUM
CA
1
2
6
10
9
(VX.021)
CA
1
2
6
10
9
(VX.021)
MAIN DOOR PHONE
Mod. Atlantico
U12
U11
U10
U9
U8
U7
U6
U5
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
CA
1
2
6
10
9
-/~
+/~
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
MAIN~
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
~ ~ ~ - + PS
18 12 0 J 6
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
6
~
~
sec.1a−−−− 39
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Single calls from outdoor station
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The house phones carry out the intercom service and can, at the same
times, reply to external calls.
Switching from one service to another is automatic and takes place
during the call by means of a reply incorporated in the power supply.
When the intercom service is active, nothing can be heard on the
outdoor station and vice versa.
Calls from the door unit are sent to the door phone speaker while calls
from the other door phone are sent to the additional electronic buzzer.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1243B:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 2
Ref. 1134/1
N. 2
Door phone Mod. Utopia with 1 key
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 1 key
N. 2
Diodes (packing of 10)
Ref. 1131/4
Ref. 1133/1
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
8
N. 1
Power supply for door phone system
Ref. 786/15
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
8
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Ref. 1145/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
7
or
K-Steel model
N. 1
Module with door unit
12
Ref. 1155/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
2
or
725 model
N. 1
Panel with 2 buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Ref. 725/102
Ref. 1128/500
For the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium
front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for door unit
N. 1
Door unit
N. 2
Button
N. X
Blank module
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/1-/2
Ref. 1128/30-/31
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.004
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.014
VX.006
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 - 10.
40 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1243B
T1
G/T
CA
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Single calls from outdoor station
1
2
6
10
9
(C4.003)
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
(C4.014)
T1
G/T
CA
1
2
6
10
9
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
U2
U1
G/T
(C4.006)
L
1A
2
+
1
(C4.004)
Name tag
lighting
ELECTRIC
LOCK
MAIN~
7 ~12 PS2 C1 PS C2 - 4 1 + - 9 3 6 SN2 ~ 8 2 5 SN1
0
J
~
~
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
Lock Release
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1a−−−− 41
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Parallel calls from outdoor station
Differentiated calls
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The house phones carry out the intercom service and can, at the same
times, reply to calls external calls.
Switching from one service to another is automatic and takes place
during the call by means of a reply incorporated in the power supply.
When the intercom service is active, nothing can be heard on the
outdoor station and vice versa.
From the push button panel, all the house phones are called in parallel
with a single call key.
Door phone calls ring the supplementary buzzer.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-0578G:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 2
N. 2
Door phone Mod. Utopia with 1 key
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 1 key
N. 2
N. 2
Diodes (packing of 10)
Extra electronic buzzers
Ref. 1134/1
Ref. 1133/1
Ref. 1131/4
Ref. 9854/52
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
8
8
N. 1
Power supply for door phone system with relay
Ref. 786/15
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Ref. 1145/21
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
6
or
11
K-Steel model
N. 1
Module with door unit
Ref. 1155/21
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
2
or
725 model
N. 1
Panel with 1 button
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Ref. 725/101
Ref. 1128/500
For the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium
front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for door unit
N. 1
Door unit
N. 1
Button
N. X
Blank module
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/1-/2
Ref. 1128/30-/31
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.004
C4.014
VX.006
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10.
42 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0578G
T1
G/T
CA
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Parallel calls from outdoor station
Differentiated calls
1
2
6
10
9
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
(C4.014)
BUZZER -/~
+/~
T1
G/T
CA
1
2
6
10
9
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
(C4.014)
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
BUZZER -/~
+/~
U1
G/T
L
1A
2
+
1
Name tag
lighting
(C4.004)
Lock
Release
ELECTRIC
LOCK
DOOR PHONE
POWER SUPPLY
WITH RELAY BOX
~12 C2 C1 PS -J 4
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
1
+
-
9
3
6 SN2 ~0 8
2
5 SN1
~
~
sec.1a−−−− 43
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
MAIN~
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Single calls from outdoor station
Differentiated calls
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The house phones carry out the intercom service and can, at the same
times, reply to external calls.
Switching from one service to another is automatic and takes place
during the call by means of a reply incorporated in the power supply.
When the intercom service is active, nothing can be heard on the
outdoor station and vice versa.
The various device may be called individually from the panel.
Using the Mod. Atlantico with 12 additional key, it is possible to call up
to 13 shunt phones.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-0839D:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 13
N. X
Door phone Mod. Atlantico with
12 additional key “A”
Diodes (packing of 10)
Ref. 1133/12
Ref. 1131/4
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1
Power supply for door phone system
Ref. 786/15
5+n
5+n
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
5+n
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 4
Module with door unit set-up
N. 4
Amplified door unit
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
5+n
or
5+n
5+n
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 4
Module with door unit
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
5+n
or
10+n
725 model
N. 1
Panel with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
2
or
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for door unit
N. 1
Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.004
C4.014
VX.006
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10 (P1).
44 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0839D
TO THE FOLLOWING
DOOR PHONES
U12
U11
U10
U9
U8
U7
U6
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Single calls from outdoor station
Differentiated calls
U5
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
CA
1
P1
2
6
10
9
-/~
+/~
(VX.021)
(C4.014)
U12
U11
U10
U9
U8
U7
U6
U5
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
CA
1
P1
2
6
10
9
-/~
+/~
(VX.021)
(C4.014)
U12
U11
U10
U9
U8
U7
U6
U5
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
CA
1
P1
(VX.021)
(C4.014)
AI MODULI
SUCCESSIVI
2
6
10
9
-/~
+/~
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
U4
U3
U2
U1
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
U2
U1
G/T
(C4.006)
L
1A
2
+
1
(C4.004)
Name tag
lighting
ELECTRIC
LOCK
Lock Release
MAIN~
DOOR PHONE
POWER SUPPLY
WITH RELAY
7 ~12 PS2 C1 PS C2 - 4 1 + - 9 3 6 SN2 ~ 8 2 5 SN1
0
J
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
~
~
sec.1a−−−− 45
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATION
Single calls from outdoor station
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The house phones carry out the intercom service and can, at the same
times, reply to calls from the external push-button panel. Switching
from one service to another is automatic and takes place during the
call by means of a reply incorporated in the power supply and a
separate switching relay.
When the intercom service is active, nothing can be heard on the
outdoor station and vice versa.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1249A:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 2
N. 2
Door phone Mod. Utopia with 1 key
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 1 key
N. 2
N. 2
Diodes (packing of 10)
Extra electronic buzzers
Ref. 1134/1
Ref. 1133/1
Ref. 1131/4
Ref. 9854/52
POWER SUPPLY AND RELAY REFERENCES
8
N. 1
N. 1
8
Power supply for door phone system
Relay box
Ref. 786/15
Ref. 788/51
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. 2
Module with door unit set-up
N. 2
Amplified door unit
Ref. 1145/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
7
or
K-Steel model
N. 2
Module with door unit
12
2
Ref. 1155/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
12
2
or
725 model
N. 2
Panel with 2 buttons
N. 2
Amplified door unit
Ref. 725/102
Ref. 1128/500
For the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium
front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model
N. 2
Front case for door unit
N. 2
Door unit
N. 4
Button
N. X
Blank module
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/1-/2
Ref. 1128/30-/31
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.014
C4.016
VX.006
VX.014
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10.
46 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1249A
T1
G/T
CA
1
2
6
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATION
Single calls from outdoor station
(C4.014)
10
9
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
Name tag
lighting
T1
G/T
CA
1
2
6
(VX.014)
MAIN~
(C4.014)
10
9
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
~
~
~0 ~12
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
Name tag
lighting
Name tag
lighting
8
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
U2
U1
G/T
L
1A
2
+
1
SN1
U2
U1
G/T
SN2
(C4.006)
(C4.006)
10
1
4
12
3
6
Lock
Release
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
L
1A
2
+
1
Lock
Release
(C4.016)
(C4.016)
ELECTRIC
LOCK
7
~12
~0
C2
13
C1
11
2
5
ELECTRIC
LOCK
9
15
14
RELAY BOX
MAIN~
~
7 ~12 ~0 SN2 6 3 + 1 PS C2 4 -J 9
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
- 8 2 5 SN1 C1 PS2
DOOR PHONE
POWER SUPPLY
WITH RELAY BOX
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
~
sec.1a−−−− 47
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATION
Parallel calls from outdoor station
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The house phones carry out the intercom service and can, at the same
times, reply to calls from the external push-button panel. Switching
from one service to another is automatic and takes place during the
call by means of a reply incorporated in the power supply and a
separate switching relay.
When the intercom service is active, nothing can be heard on the
outdoor station and vice versa.
From the push button panel, all the house phones are called in parallel
with a single call key.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1244A:
8
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 2
N. 2
Door phone Mod. Utopia with 1 key
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 1 key
N. 2
N. 2
Diodes (packing of 10)
Extra electronic buzzers
Ref. 1134/1
Ref. 1133/1
Ref. 1131/4
Ref. 9854/52
POWER SUPPLY AND RELAY REFERENCES
8
N. 1
N. 1
Power supply for door phone system with relay
Relay box
Ref. 786/15
Ref. 788/51
8
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. 2
Module with door unit set-up
N. 2
Amplified door unit
Ref. 1145/21
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
6
or
K-Steel model
N. 2
Module with door unit
11
2
Ref. 1155/21
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
11
2
or
725 model
N. 2
Panel with 1 button
N. 2
Amplified door unit
Ref. 725/101
Ref. 1128/500
For the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium
front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model
N. 2
Front case for door unit
N. 2
Door unit
N. 2
Button
N. X
Blank module
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/1-/2
Ref. 1128/30-/31
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
48 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1244A
T1
G/T
CA
1
2
6
2
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATION
Parallel calls from outdoor station
(C4.014)
10
9
-/~
+/~
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
T1
G/T
CA
Name tag
lighting
1
2
6
1
(C4.014)
10
9
(VX.014)
MAIN~
-/~
+/~
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
~
~
~0 ~12
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
Name tag
lighting
RELAY
BOX
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
Name tag
lighting
8
U1
G/T
L
1A
2
+
1
SN1
(C4.006)
(C4.006)
10
1
4
L
1A
2
+
1
12
3
6
Lock Release
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
U1
G/T
SN2
Lock Release
(C4.016)
(C4.016)
ELECTRIC
LOCK
7
~12
~0
C2
13
C1
11
2
5
9
ELECTRIC
LOCK
15
14
MAIN~
~
C1~12 ~0 SN2 6 3 + 1 PS C2 4 -J 9
- 8 2 5 SN1 7 PS2
DOOR PHONE
POWER SUPPLY
WITH RELAY
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
~
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.014
C4.016
VX.006
VX.014
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10.
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1a−−−− 49
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Single calls from the push button panels
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The house phones carry out the intercom service and can, at the same
times, reply to calls from 2 external push button panels.
Switching from one service to another is automatic and takes place
during the call by means of a separate switching relay.
When the intercom service is active, nothing can be heard on the
outdoor station and vice versa.
Using the Mod. Atlantico with 12 additional key, it is possible to call up
to 13 shunt phones
.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-0844E:
6+(n-2)
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 13
Door phone Mod. Atlantico with
12 additional key “A”
Ref. 1133/12
POWER SUPPLY AND RELAY REFERENCES
N. 1
6+n
N. 1
Power supply for
door phone system
Relay box
28VA
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 788/58
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
6+(n-1)
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 2
Module with door unit set-up
N. 2
Amplified door unit
6+n
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 2
Module with door unit
5+n
7+n
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
7+n
or
2
2
725 model
N. 2
Panel with N buttons
N. 2
Amplified door unit
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1128 model
N. 2
Front case for door unit
N. 2
Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.014
VX.006
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10 (P1).
50 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0844E
TO THE FOLLOWING DOOR PHONES
U12
U11
U10
U9
U8
U7
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Single calls from the push button panels
U6
U5
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
CA
1
P1
2
6
10
9
-/~
+/~
U12
U11
U10
U9
U8
U7
U6
U5
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
CA
1
P1
2
6
10
9
-/~
+/~
(C4.014)
(VX.021)
RELAY
BOX
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULES
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULES
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
U4
U3
U2
U1
U4
U3
U2
U1
U2
U1
G/T
U2
U1
G/T
(C4.006)
(C4.006)
L
1A
2
+
1
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
L
1A
2
+
1
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
Name tag
lighting
Name tag
lighting
ELECTRIC
LOCK
ELECTRIC
LOCK
Lock
Release
MAIN~
Lock
Release
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1a−−−− 51
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Parallel calls from the push button panels
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The house phones carry out the intercom service and can, at the same
times, reply to calls from 2 external push button panels.
Switching from one service to another is automatic and takes place
during the call by means of a separate switching relay.
When the intercom service is active, nothing can be heard on the
outdoor station and vice versa.
From the push button panel, all the house phones are called in parallel
with a single call key.
Using the Mod. Atlantico with 12 additional key, it is possible to call up
to 13 shunt phones
.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-0866G:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
DOOR PHONE “A”
N. 13 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with
12 additional key
POWER SUPPLY AND RELAY REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
6+n
6+n
Ref. 1133/12
Power supply for
door phone system
Relay box
28VA
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 788/58
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. 2
Module with door unit set-up
N. 2
Amplified door unit
6+n
Ref. 1145/21
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
6+n
or
K-Steel model
N. 2
Module with door unit
6+n
6+n
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
6
8
Ref. 1155/21
or
8
725 model
N. 2
Panel with 1 button
N. 2
Amplified door unit
Ref. 725/101
Ref. 1128/500
For the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium
front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
2
2
or
1128 model
N. 2
Front case for door unit
N. 2
Door unit
N. 2
Button
N. X
Blank module
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/1-/2
Ref. 1128/30-/31
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.014
VX.006
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10 (P1).
52 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0866G
U12
U11
U10
U9
U8
U7
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONES
WITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Parallel calls from the push button panels
U6
U5
U4
(VX.021)
(C4.014)
U3
U2
U1
G/T
CA
1
P1
2
6
10
9
-/~
+/~
U12
U11
U10
U9
U8
U7
U6
U5
U4
(VX.021)
(C4.014)
U3
U2
U1
G/T
CA
1
P1
2
6
10
9
-/~
+/~
RELAY
BOX
U1
G/T
U1
G/T
L
1A
2
+
1
L
1A
2
+
1
Name tag
lighting
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
Name tag
lighting
Lock
Release
MAIN~
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
Lock
Release
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1a−−−− 53
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF TWO INTERCOMMUNICATING DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS
TO A SYSTEM WITH DOOR UNIT
Parallel calls from door unit
Differentiated calls
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The connection example shown in the following diagram offers the
possibility of adding intercom door phones in the same apartment to
an existing system with door unit.
The house phones carry out the intercom service and can, at the same
times, reply to calls external calls.
Switching from one service to another is automatic and takes place
during the call by means of a reply incorporated in the power supply.
When the intercom service is active, nothing can be heard on the
outdoor station and vice versa.
The door unit call is sent to the supplementary electronic buzzer.
The call between two door phones is sent to the speaker of both door
phones.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-0567E:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 2
N. 2
Door phone Mod. Utopia with 1 key
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 1 key
N. 2
N. 2
Diodes (packing of 10)
Extra electronic buzzers
Ref. 1134/1
Ref. 1133/1
Ref. 1131/4
Ref. 9854/52
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
Power supply for door phone system with relay
Relay box “A”
Relay box “B”
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 788/52
Ref. 788/51
8
DIAGRAM NOTES
8
(see section 1)
6
C4.001
C4.014
VX.006
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10.
5
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
FROM RISING
COLUMN
54 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0567E
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF TWO INTERCOMMUNICATING DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS
TO A SYSTEM WITH DOOR UNIT
Parallel calls from door unit
Differentiated calls
(C4.014)
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
-/~
+/~
(C4.014)
(VX.021)
-/~
+/~
RELAY
BOX “A”
CALL
FROM
RISING
COLUMN
47
3W
RELAY
BOX “B”
MAIN~
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
POWER SUPPLY
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1a−−−− 55
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Secrecy of conversation
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
To assure the secrecy of conversation to all the house phones of the
door phone system, a device (Ref. 1131/5 for Scaitel door phones or
Ref. 1134/5 for Utopia door phones) shall be inserted in each door
phone and a switch-off device Ref. 5330/60 in the push button panel.
So, all the house phones will be cut off from any conversation (nothing
can be heard when unhooking the handset); only the called door
phone can start a conversation with the caller, no other being able to
intercept the call.
The door phone is activated to communicate from the call up to the
following call. If it is not direct to the same set the call release the door
phone from the connection with the loudspeaking unit.
The secrecy device offers two possibilities of electric lock opening:
• NORMAL OPENING (solution A): which takes place each time the
hook lever of any door phone is pressed to the bottom;
• ACTIVATED OPENING (solution B): the electric lock can be
activated only after a call, and only from the called door phone (in
this case, remove the jumper from the door phone printed circuit).
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1134E:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. X
Door phone Mod. Utopia
Secrecy device
Ref. 1134/1
Ref. 1131/5
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1
Power supply for
door phone system
28VA
Ref. 786/11
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Door unit
N. 1
Switch off privacy device
4+(n-2)
Grey colour
5
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
Ref. 5330/60
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
4+(n-1)
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit
N. 1
Switch off privacy device
5
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
Ref. 1155/75
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
4+n
725 model
N. 1
Panel with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Switch off privacy device
N. 1
9+n
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 5330/60
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
2
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
C4.001
VX.006
C4.007
VX.013
C4.008
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s) (solution B only):
P1 (Utopia)
VX.028
56 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1134E
TO THE FOLLOWING
DOOR PHONES
CA
CA
1
2
1
2
6
9
10
6
9
10
(VX.006)
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Secrecy of conversation
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
CA
CA
1
2
1
2
6
9
10
6
9
10
SOLUTION A
SOLUTION B
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
(VX.006)
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
-J
PS
PS
~0
1B
2B 1A
9
2A
-/~
-6
+6
SWITCH OFF
PRIVACY DEVICE
~
~
SN
~12 AP
U2
U1
G/T
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
1A
2
+
1
L
MAIN~
Lock Release
ELECTRIC LOCK
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
~18
~12
Name tag
lighting
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1a−−−− 57
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Simultaneous opening of two electrical locks
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
Pressing one of the external panel buttons, the bitonal electronic
call is sent to the correspondent door phone loudspeaker. When the
called door phone handset is unhooked, contact is established and
conversation may take place. Simply press the corresponding button
to release the two electrical door locks.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-0482D:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. X
4+(n-2)
5
Door phone Mod. Utopia
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico
Grey colour
White colour
Ref. 1134/1
Ref. 1133
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
Power supply for
door phone system
Relay box “A”
Transformer 12Vac 30VA
28VA
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 788/52
NNF
4+(n-1)
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
5
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
4+n
11+n
or
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
2
2
or
725 model
N. 1
Panel with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for door unit
N. 1
Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
NNF= not supplied by us.
58 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0482D
TO THE FOLLOWING
DOOR PHONES
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Simultaneous opening of two electrical locks
CA
1
2
6
9
10
CA
1
2
6
9
10
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
(C4.007 )
(C4.008 )
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
MAIN~
~
~
U2
U1
G/T
PS
(C4.006 )
POWER SUPPLY
FOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
-J
~0
L
1A
2
+
1
-6
+6
~12
MAIN~
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
Name tag
lighting
~
~
~0
~12
~12
2
S1
Lock Release
S4
S3
RELAY
BOX
ELECTRIC
LOCK 1
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
TRANSFORMER
12Vac - 30VA
N.N.F.
Lock Release
S6
ELECTRIC
LOCK 2
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.004
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.007
C4.008
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1a−−−− 59
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF TWO INTERCOM DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF
ANSWERING CALLS FROM ONE SECONDARY DOOR UNIT EXTENSION OF AN
ELECTRICAL DOOR UNIT SYSTEM
Parallel calls from outdoor station
Differentiated calls
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The door phones have intercom features and may at the same time
take calls from both the secondary panel and door phone system to
which they are connected.
Switching from one service to another is automatic and takes place
during the call by means of reply.
When the intercom service is active, nothing can be heard on the
outdoor station and vice versa.
La chiamata tra i citofoni è inviata all’altoparlante dei citofoni.
La chiamata dal portiere elettrico è inviata sul ronzatore elettronico
supplementare (Buzzer) di entrambe i citofoni.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-0735D:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 2
N. 2
Door phone Mod. Utopia with 1 key
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 1 key
N. 2
N. 2
Diodes (packing of 10)
Extra electronic buzzers
Ref. 1134/1
Ref. 1133/1
Ref. 1131/4
Ref. 9854/52
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
8
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
Power supply for door phone system with relay
Relay box “1”
Relay box “2”
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 788/58
Ref. 788/52
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
8
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Ref. 1145/21
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
6
or
K-Steel model
N. 1
Module with door unit
Ref. 1155/21
11
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
2
6
or
725 model
N. 1
Panel with 1 button
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Ref. 725/101
Ref. 1128/500
For the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium
front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for door unit
N. 1
Door unit
N. 1
Button
N. X
Blank module
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/1-/2
Ref. 1128/30-/31
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.004
C4.014
VX.006
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10.
60 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0735D
(C4.014)
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
(C4.014)
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF TWO INTERCOM DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF
ANSWERING CALLS FROM ONE SECONDARY DOOR UNIT EXTENSION OF AN
ELECTRICAL DOOR UNIT SYSTEM
Parallel calls from outdoor station
Differentiated calls
-/~
+/~
-/~
+/~
RELAY BOX
(1)
RELAY BOX
(2)
(C4.006)
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
U1
G/T
L
1A
2
+
1
Name tag
lighting
ELECTRIC
LOCK
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Lock Release
MAIN~
POWER SUPPLY
call
FROM RISING
COLUMN
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1a−−−− 61
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
62 −−−− sec.1a
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
SECTION 1B
(REV.D)
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR
1+1 WIRE ELECTRONIC
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
Download from:
www.urmetdomus.com
Technical Manuals area
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1b−−−− 1
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1B
SECTION 1B CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
Diagram
Sec.
Pag.
BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR 1+1 WIRE ELECTRONIC DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
WITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel) ................................................................................................................. SC101-1135F ...............1b ................ 2
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
WITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. 725 or Mod. Domus Aura) ....................................................................................................... SC101-0932C ...............1b ................ 4
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
WITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel) ................................................................................................................. SC101-1210B ...............1b ................ 6
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO TWO OUTDOOR STATIONS
WITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. 725 or Mod. Domus Aura) ....................................................................................................... SC101-0937B ...............1b ................ 8
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO FOUR OUTDOOR STATIONS
WITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel) ................................................................................................................. SC101-1218C ...............1b ............. 10
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMN OF DOOR PHONES TO COMMON OUTDOOR STATIONS
Each group in also connected to its own secondary outdoor station
(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel) ................................................................................................................. SC101-1241B ...............1b ............. 12
CONNECTION OF 1 DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Door phone can open door during call from panel ...........................................................................................SC101-1327 ...............1b ............. 14
RELEASE OF TWO ELECTRICAL LOCKS AT THE SAME TIME
a) 725 or Domus Aura door unit
b) Sinthesi or K-Steel door unit...................................................................................................................... SC101-1269A ...............1b ............. 16
I −−−− sec.1b
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
1 + 1 DOOR PHONE SYSTEM DIAGRAM CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
LIST OF AVAILABLE FUNCTIONS
Panel model
Number of main panels to be installed
Number of secondary panels to be installed
Connection of a supplementary electrical lock
Possibility of opening door while calling from the panel
DIAGRAM
PAG
1 0
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION WITH SECRECY
OF CONVERSATION
SC101-1135F
2
1 K
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMN OF DOOR PHONES TO COMMON OUTDOOR STATIONS
Each group in also connected to its own secondary outdoor station
SC101-1241B
12
2 0
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS WITH SECRECY
OF CONVERSATION
SC101-1210B
6
4 0
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO FOUR OUTDOOR STATIONS WITH SECRECY
OF CONVERSATION
SC101-1218C
10
1 0
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION WITH SECRECY
OF CONVERSATION
SC101-0932C
4
2 0
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO TWO OUTDOOR STATIONS WITH SECRECY
OF CONVERSATION
SC101-0937B
8
-- -- √
RELEASE OF TWO ELECTRICAL LOCKS AT THE SAME TIME
a) 725 or Domus Aura door unit
b) Sinthesi or K-Steel door unit
SC101-1269A
16
CONNECTION OF 1 DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
√
Door phone can open door during call from panel
SC101-1327
14
DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION
Sinthesi
or
K-Steel
725 or
Domus Aura
Generic
-- --
K = number of columns with panel
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1b −−−− II
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1B
SECTION 1B CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
WITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel)
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
1+1 wire system allows to obtain the service of a standard outdoor set
installation with conversation, call, electric lock opening, with only 2
wires in the rising column: 1 common + 1 single for each door phone.
The outdoor set is fed, with two wires only, by a 12V a.c. voltage
transformer.
To assure secrecy to all the door phones, special devices for secrecy
of conversation are inserted into the push button panel (one for each
key).
So, all the door phones will be cut off from any conversation (nothing
can be heard when picking up the handset); only the called door phone
can start a conversation with the caller, no other being able to intercept
the call.
The called house is qualified to talk until another call is made from the
push button panel to other door phone.
The electric lock opening depends from the circuit of secrecy of
conversation (the lock cannot be operated unless the door phone has
been called).
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1135F:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. X
Door phones Mod. Utopia
or
Door phones Mod. Atlantico
Ref. 1133/35A
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
Transformer
Ref. 9000/230
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Amplified door unit
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
1+(n-2)
Ref. 1134/35
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21
Ref. 1145/67
Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
2
or
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
1+(n-1)
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32A
Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
2
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
1+n
C1.002
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper C1 with U1.
1+n
2
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
2
C4.007
C4.008
VX.006
VX.014
2 −−−− sec.1b
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1135F
COLUMN
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
WITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel)
CA1
1
2
CA1
1
2
To the following
conversation
privacy
device
To the following
module
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
BUTTON MODULE
CONVERSATION
PRIVACY
DEVICE
(VX.006)
14
C4
C3
C2
C1
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~12
~0
G/T
U1
G/T
G/T
14
(C4.006)
C2
C1
PS
4
5
F
3
SN
1
1/~
~
2
TRANSFORMER
~0
~12
~0
~12
~0
~12
~
Lock Release
Name tag
lighting
~0
~12
(VX.014)
Amplified
loudspeaking
unit
Name tag
lighting
ELECTRIC
LOCK
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
MAIN~
~
~
~
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
MAIN~
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1b−−−− 3
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
WITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. 725 or Mod. Domus Aura)
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
1+1 wire system allows to obtain the service of a standard outdoor set
installation with conversation, call, electric lock opening, with only 2
wires in the rising column: 1 common + 1 single for each door phone.
The outdoor set is fed, with two wires only, by a 12V a.c. voltage
transformer.
To assure secrecy to all the door phones, special devices for secrecy
of conversation are inserted into the push button panel (one for each
key).
So, all the door phones will be cut off from any conversation (nothing
can be heard when picking up the handset); only the called door phone
can start a conversation with the caller, no other being able to intercept
the call.
The called house is qualified to talk until another call is made from the
push button panel to other door phone.
The electric lock opening depends from the circuit of secrecy of
conversation (the lock cannot be operated unless the door phone has
been called).
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-0932C:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. X
Door phones Mod. Utopia
or
Door phones Mod. Atlantico
Ref. 1134/35
Ref. 1133/35A
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
Transformer
Ref. 9000/230
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
725 model
N. 1
Panel with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
1+(n-2)
Mod. 725
Ref. 1035/67
Ref. 1035/25
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
2
or
Domus Aura model
N. 1
Panel with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
1+(n-1)
Mod. 1110
Ref. 1035/67
Ref. 1110/74
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
Domus Aura” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone
system - product technical manual.
2
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C1.002
VX.006
VX.014
1+n
1+n
2
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
2
4 −−−− sec.1b
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0932C
COLUMN
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
WITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. 725 or Mod. Domus Aura)
CA1
1
2
CA1
1
2
PANEL FOR AMPLIFIED
LOUDSPEAKING UNIT
CONVERSATION
PRIVACY DEVICE
Name tag
lighting
41
14
41
14
(VX.006)
SN
PS
4
3
5
1/~
~
2
TRANSFORMER
~0
~12
~
MAIN ~
~
(C1.002)
Lock Release
ELECTRIC LOCK
Name tag
lighting
~0
~12
(VX.014)
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
~
~
MAIN ~
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
sec.1b−−−− 5
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
WITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel)
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The 1+1 wire door phone system makes it possible to set up systems
in which a door phone riser is to be connected to two entrances each
with 1 push button panel with related loudspeaking unit.
Adding a specific relay device, a person can press a key of one of
the two push button panels so that the user of the door phone called,
on lifting the handset, is automatically connected with the calling push
button panel excluding the other service.
Therefore in this system, it is not possible to speak from two outdoor
stations at the same time in that functioning of these is alternative.
to guarantee secrecy of conversation of all the door phones in the
system, the specific secrecy circuits (one for each button) are inserted
inside only one of the two push button panels.
Release of the electric lock is also enabled by the secrecy circuit. This
means that a user cannot release the lock unless he/she has been
called and can open only the lock corresponding to the push button
panel from which the call has been made.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1210B:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. X
Door phones Mod. Utopia
or
Door phones Mod. Atlantico
Ref. 1134/35
Ref. 1133/35A
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 2
N. 1
Transformer
Relay box
Ref. 9000/230
Ref. 788/51
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
1+(n-2)
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 2
Module with door unit set-up
N. 2
Amplified door unit
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
2
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21
Ref. 1145/67
Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
1+(n-1)
or
2
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 2
Module with door unit
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
1+n
6+n
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32A
Ref. 1145/74
DIAGRAM NOTES
7+n
(see section 1)
C1.002
2
2
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper C1 with U1.
C4.007
C4.008
VX.006
VX.014
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):
a) PS – G/T
b) 4 – F
6 −−−− sec.1b
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1210B
COLUMN
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
WITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel)
CA1
2
1
CA1
2
1
Name tag
lighting
(VX.014)
MAIN ~
To next
conversation
privacy devices
To the following
module
~
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
BUTTON MODULE
G/T
~12
~0
~12
~0
G/T
B
G/T
~0
~12
~0
~12
~ ~12 ~0
CONVERSATION
PRIVACY
DEVICES
(VX.006)
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
U4
U3
U2
U1
To the following
module
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
BUTTON MODULE
14
U4
U3
U2
U1
C4
C3
C2
C1
14
G/T
U1
C2
C1
PS
C2
10
6
7
(C4.006)
(VX.021)
5
4
F
3
SN
1
1/~
~
2
DOOR UNIT
Lock
Release
C1
11
4
15
SN2
13
8
3
9
SN1
5
2
1
~0
~12
14
12
(C4.006)
(VX.021)
G/T
U1
C2
C1
PS
G/T
~12
~0
~12
~0
G/T
G/T
~0
~12
~0
~12
5
4
F
3
SN
1
1/~
~
2
Lock
Release
RELAY
BOX
DOOR UNIT
Name tag
lighting
MAIN ~
A
Name tag
lighting
MAIN ~
ELECTRIC LOCK
ELECTRIC LOCK
~
~ ~12 ~0
~0 ~12 ~
~
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
N.2 TRANSFORMER
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1b−−−− 7
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO TWO OUTDOOR STATIONS
WITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. 725 or Mod. Domus Aura)
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The 1+1 wire door phone system makes it possible to set up systems
in which a door phone riser is to be connected to two entrances each
with 1 push button panel with related loudspeaking unit.
Adding a specific relay device, a person can press a key of one of
the two push button panels so that the user of the door phone called,
on lifting the handset, is automatically connected with the calling push
button panel excluding the other service.
Therefore in this system, it is not possible to speak from two outdoor
stations at the same time in that functioning of these is alternative.
to guarantee secrecy of conversation of all the door phones in the
system, the specific secrecy circuits (one for each button) are inserted
inside only one of the two push button panels.
Release of the electric lock is also enabled by the secrecy circuit. This
means that a user cannot release the lock unless he/she has been
called and can open only the lock corresponding to the push button
panel from which the call has been made.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-0937B:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. X
Door phones Mod. Utopia
or
Door phones Mod. Atlantico
Ref. 1134/35
Ref. 1133/35A
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. X
N. 1
Transformer
Relay box
Ref. 9000/230
Ref. 788/51
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
1+(n-2)
725 model
N. 2
Panels with N buttons
N. 2
Amplified door unit
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
2
Mod. 725
Ref. 1035/67
Ref. 1035/25
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate
Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
1+(n-1)
or
Domus Aura model
N. 2
Panels with N buttons
N. 2
Amplified door unit
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
2
Mod. 1110
Ref. 1035/67
Ref. 1110/74
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
Domus Aura” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone
system - product technical manual.
1+n
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
6+n
2
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
2
C1.002
VX.006
VX.014
7+n
8 −−−− sec.1b
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0937B
COLUMN
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO TWO OUTDOOR STATIONS
WITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. 725 or Mod. Domus Aura)
CA1
1
2
CA1
1
2
Name tag
lighting
(VX.006)
7
10
6
C2
P.E.
SN
PS
4
5
3
1/~
~
2
12
11
2
C1
SN2
3
8
SN1
1
4
9
5
~0
~12
Lock
Release
14
41
14
Name tag
lighting
41
P.E.
SN
PS
4
5
3
1/~
~
2
Lock
Release
RELAY
BOX
ELECTRIC LOCK
ELECTRIC LOCK
MAIN ~
~~
120
~12
~0
(VX.014)
Name tag
lighting
~
~
MAIN ~
~
~
~~
012
N.2 TRANSFORMERS
~
~
MAIN ~
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1b−−−− 9
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO FOUR OUTDOOR STATIONS
WITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel)
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The 1+1 wire door phone system makes it possible to set up systems
in which a door phone riser is to be connected to four entrances each
with 1 push button panel with related loudspeaking unit.
Adding a specific relay device, a person can press a key of one of
the two push button panels so that the user of the door phone called,
on lifting the handset, is automatically connected with the calling push
button panel excluding the other service.
Therefore in this system, it is not possible to speak from four outdoor
stations at the same time in that functioning of these is alternative.
To guarantee secrecy of conversation of all the door phones in the
system, the specific secrecy circuits (one for each button) are inserted
inside only one of the two push button panels.
Release of the electric lock is also enabled by the secrecy circuit. This
means that a user cannot release the lock unless he/she has been
called and can open only the lock corresponding to the push button
panel from which the call has been made.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1218C:
1+(n-2)
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. X
Door phones Mod. Utopia
or
Door phones Mod. Atlantico
Ref. 1134/35
Ref. 1133/35A
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 4
N. 1
Transformer
Relay box
Ref. 9000/230
Ref. 788/54
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 4
Module with door unit set-up
N. 4
Amplified door unit
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
2
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21
Ref. 1145/67
Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
1+(n-1)
or
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 4
Module with door unit
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
2
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32A
Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
1+n
DIAGRAM NOTES
8+n
8+n
(see section 1)
C1.002
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper C1 with U1.
8+n
9+n
C4.007
C4.008
VX.006
VX.014
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):
a) PS – G/T
b) 4 – F
10 −−−− sec.1b
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1218C
COLUMN
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO FOUR OUTDOOR STATIONS
WITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel)
CA1
Name tag
lighting
2
1
(VX.014)
MAIN ~
CA1
2
~
1
~ ~0 ~12
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
To the following
module
To the following
module
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
BUTTONS MODULE
G/T
~12
~0
~12
~0
G/T
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
BUTTONS MODULE
U4
U3
U2
U1
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~12
~0
G/T
R1 R2 1 2 6 9 V3 V5
G/T
~0
~12
~0
~12
G/T
U1
C2
C1
C3
+TC
SE
2
-6
+6
R1
SN3
V3
(C4.006)
(VX.021)
5
4
PS
F
3
SN
1/~
1
~
2
Name tag
lighting
DOOR UNIT
COLUMN
INPUT
C
INPUT
D
1
~0
~12
V5
C4
+TC
SE
2
-6
+6
R1
SN4
V3
G/T
U1
(C4.006)
(VX.021)
C2
C1
5
G/T
~0
~12
~0
~12
4
PS
F
3
SN
1/~
1
~
2
1
~0
~12
V5
Lock
Release
Lock
Release
Name tag
lighting
DOOR UNIT
MAIN ~
MAIN ~
ELECTRIC LOCK
ELECTRIC LOCK
~
~ ~12 ~0
~12 ~0 ~
~
"C"
"D"
TRANSFORMER
TRANSFORMER
RELAY
BOX
To the following
module
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
BUTTONS MODULE
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
BUTTONS MODULE
G/T
~0
~12
~0
~12
14
U4
U3
U2
U1
CONVERSATION
PRIVACY DEVICES
(VX.006)
G/T
U1
C2
C1
C2
+TC
SE
2
-6
+6
R1
SN2
V3
(C4.006)
(VX.021)
5
4
Name tag
lighting
PS
F
3
SN
1/~
1
~
2
DOOR UNIT
1
~0
~12
V5
INPUT
B
INPUT
A
(C4.006)
(VX.021)
VOLTAGE
14
G/T
U1
C2
C1
5
G/T
~12
~0
~12
~0
G/T
G/T
~0
~12
~0
~12
4
PS
F
3
SN
1/~
1
~
2
1
~0
~12
V5
+ + ~ ~ ~ ~
SE 6 TC A 0 12 B R1 6 R2 AP
Lock
Release
C1
+TC
SE
2
-6
+6
R1
SN1
V3
U4
U3
U2
U1
C4
C3
C2
C1
Lock
Release
Name tag
lighting
DOOR UNIT
MAIN ~
RETE ~
ELECTRIC LOCK
ELECTRIC LOCK
~
~ ~12 ~0
"B"
~0
~12 ~
~
"A"
TRANSFORMER
TRANSFORMER
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1b−−−− 11
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
G/T
~12
~0
~12
~0
G/T
To the following
module
To the following
conversation
privacy devices
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMN OF DOOR PHONES
TO COMMON OUTDOOR STATIONS
Each group in also connected to its own secondary outdoor station
(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel)
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
It is the ideal solution for residential centers where the single villas
have to be connected to both their own outdoor stations and a common
one at the main entrance.
During the call the concerned door phone is automatically switched to
the common outdoor station or to the one of the group it belongs to, by
means of a switching relay.
Services towards secondary outdoor stations are independent and can
therefore take place at the same time.
When the call comes from the common outdoor station, only the group
the called door phone belongs to is switched to it, the others being
able to carry on the normal service with their own secondary outdoor
stations.
To guarantee secrecy of conversation of all the door phones in the
system, the specific secrecy circuits (one for each button) are inserted
inside only one of the two push button panels.
Release of the electric lock is also enabled by the secrecy circuit. This
means that a user cannot release the lock unless he/she has been
called and can open only the lock corresponding to the push button
panel from which the call has been made.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1241B:
1+(n-2)
1+(n-2)
2
2
1+(n-1)
1+(n-1)
2
2
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. X
Ref. 1134/35
Ref. 1133/35A
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. K+1 Transformer
N. K
Relay box
Ref. 9000/230
Ref. 788/51
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. K+1 Module with door unit set-up
N. K+1 Amplified door unit
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21
Ref. 1145/67
Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model
N. Y
Button modules
N. K+1 Module with door unit
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32A
Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
1+n
1+n
Door phones Mod. Utopia
or
Door phones Mod. Atlantico
DIAGRAM NOTES
9+n
3+n
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
2
3+n
8+K+
n+n...
9+n 2+(K-2)+
n+n...
(see section 1)
C1.002
C4.007
C4.008
VX.006
VX.014
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):
a) 4 – F
2
2
K= quantity of columns
12 −−−− sec.1b
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1241B
1ST COLUMN
2ND COLUMN
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMN OF DOOR PHONES
TO COMMON OUTDOOR STATIONS
Each group in also connected to its own secondary outdoor station
(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel)
CA1
2
1
To the following
conversation
privacy devices
CA1
2
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
CONVERSATION
PRIVACY DEVICES
1
BUTTONS MODULE
(VX.006)
14
C4
C3
C2
C1
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
14
14
C4
C3
C2
C1
14
To the
following
module
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
BUTTONS MODULE
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
4
7
15
5
C1
8
1
11
C2
6
13
SN2
2
SN1
3
9
14
12
~0
~12
10
F
3
SN
1/~
1
~
2
C2
C1
(VX.021)
DOOR UNIT
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
Name tag
lighting
4
PS
Lock
Release
RELAY
BOX
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
CONNECTION
AS 1ST GROUP
SECONDARY
ENTRY
5
(C4.017)
ELECTRIC LOCK
To relay
MAIN ~
MAIN ~
MAIN ENTRY
To the following
module
~
~
Name tag
lighting
(VX.014)
~ ~
0 12
TRANSFORMER
~
~
C1
1
1/~
~~
12
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
SN
5
4
F
3
1
1/~
~
2
PS
C1
C2
ELECTRIC LOCK
Calls
C1
DOOR UNIT
(VX.021)
1
Common
1/~
MAIN ~
MAIN ~
Lock
Release
~ ~
12 0
~
Name tag
lighting
(VX.014)
~
TRANSFORMER
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
~~
12
~
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Name tag
lighting
TO THE FOLLOWING
GROUP
(C4.017)
~
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
sec.1b−−−− 13
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 1 DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Door phone can open door during call from panel
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This service is particularly required by professional offices, where a lot
of people coming in and out obliges to often open the door without the
use of the door phone to talk with the outside.
Diagram SC101-1327 shows the connection of a door phone to a
normal 1+1 wire electrical door phone system. Equip the system with
a relay Ref. 788/22, a power unit Ref. 1090/850 and a timed relay
Ref.1032/81.
The concerned door phone will energise the door phone which will in
turn release the electrical lock when the switch (not supplied by us) is
positioned during the call step.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1327:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. X
Door phones Mod. Utopia
or
Door phone Mod. Atlantico
Ref. 1134/35
Ref. 1133/35A
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
1+n
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
1+n
Transformer
Relay box
Timer
Ref. 9000/230
Ref. 788/22
Ref. 1032/81
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.023
2
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):
a) AMCR
1+n
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
FROM RISING
COLUMN
14 −−−− sec.1b
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1327
TO THE FOLLOWING
DOOR PHONES
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 1 DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Door phone can open door during call from panel
1
2
SWITCH
N.N.F.
RELAY
BOX
TIMER TO
ELECTRIC LOCK
+
CH+L CH+
0L
C
NA
NC
SE2
-/~
+24
+12/~
-/~
~12
~0
0
MAIN~
230
AP
NO
C
NC
(C4.023)
(VX.021)
TRANSFORMER
SINGLE
CALLS
COMMON
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
FROM RISING
COLUMN
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1b−−−− 15
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
RELEASE OF TWO ELECTRICAL LOCKS AT THE SAME TIME
a) 725 or Domus Aura door unit
b) Sinthesi or K-Steel door unit
SC101-1269A
Example "A"
SUPPLEMENTARY
TRANSFORMER
Ref.9000/230
TRANSFORMER
Ref.9000/230
~
3
PS
4
5
1/~
SN
~
2
~ ~0 ~12
~12 ~0 ~
MAIN~
~
MAIN~
RELAY
Ref.788/52
~12
2
CA
~0
S2
S3
S1
Lock Release
ELECTRIC LOCK
Supplementary
Lock Release
SUPPLEMENTARY
ELECTRIC LOCK
Example "B"
SUPPLEMENTARY
TRANSFORMER
Ref.9000/230
TRANSFORMER
Ref.9000/230
~
~0
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
~12
5
4
PS
F
3
SN
1
1/~
~
2
~ ~0 ~12
~12 ~0 ~
MAIN~
~
MAIN~
RELAY
Ref.788/52
Lock Release
ELECTRIC LOCK
~12
2
CA
~0
S2
S3
S1
Supplementary
Lock Release
SUPPLEMENTARY
ELECTRIC LOCK
16 −−−− sec.1b
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
SECTION 1C
(REV.C)
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR
TRADITIONAL CALL
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
Download from:
www.urmetdomus.com
Technical Manuals area
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1c −−−− 1
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1C
SECTION 1C CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
Diagram
Sec.
Pag.
BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR TRADITIONAL CALL DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION ................................................................ SC101-1247A .............. 1c ................ 2
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS ............................................ SC101-0440B .............. 1c ................ 4
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 3 OR 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS ................................... SC101-0441C .............. 1c ................ 6
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 MAIN OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own outdoor station ............................................................................ SC101-0461B .............. 1c ................ 8
I −−−− sec.1c
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
TRADITIONAL CALL DOOR PHONE SYSTEM DIAGRAM CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
LIST OF AVAILABLE FUNCTIONS
Number of main panels to be installed
Number of secondary panels to be installed
DIAGRAM
PAG
1 0 CONNECTION OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION
SC101-1247A
2
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 MAIN OUTDOOR STATION
1 K
Each column is also connected to its own outdoor station
SC101-0461B
8
2 0 CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
SC101-0440B
4
4 0 CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 3 OR 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS
SC101-0441C
6
K = number of columns with panel
NOTE: The diagrams shown in this table can be made using Sinthesi, K-Steel, 725 panel models.
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1c −−−− II
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1C
SECTION 1C CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This is certainly the most common type of door phone system.
Press a button on the panel outside the building door to make the
buzzer of the corresponding door phone ring. Lift the handset of the
called door phone to establish a conversation with the door unit.
Simply fully press the handset hook to operate the electrical door
lock.
Using the door phone Ref. 1130/55 must press the button no the
handset to estabilish a conversation with the door unit; simply picking
up the handset is not sufficient.
The advantage is that any handsets left accidentally off-hook do not
interfer with the optimal operation of the other door phones.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-1247A:
4+(n-2)
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
Door phones Mod. 1130
N. X
or
Door phones Mod. 1130
with insertion key
Ivory colour
White colour
Ref. 1130
Ref. 1130/50
White colour
Ref. 1130/55
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1
5
Power supply for
door phone system
28VA
Ref. 786/11
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Amplified door unit
4+(n-1)
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
5
or
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit
4+n
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
9+n
2
or
725 model
N. 1
Panel with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for door unit
N. 1
Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.004
C4.007
C4.008
VX.014
2 −−−− sec.1c
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-1247A
COLUMN
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
1
2
6
11
10
9
8
7
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
1
2
6
11
10
9
8
7
~12
~0
Name tag
lighting
(VX.014)
~
~
MAIN ~
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
U4
U3
U2
U1
POWER SUPPLY
FOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
U2
U1
G/T
PS
~12
~18
L
1
2
+
1A
~0
-J
-6
+6
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
Lock
Release
~
MAIN ~
(C4.004)
Name tag
lighting
ELECTRIC
LOCK
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
~
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1c −−−− 3
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This type of installation solves the problem to connect a series of door
phones of a building with 2 entrances each one equipped with a push
button panel.
This solution permits, by simply pushing a button from one of the 2
push button panels, to connect automatically the user to the calling
push button panels unhooking the handset. This type of installation
does not allow to talk from both outdoor stations simultaneously, since
they work alternatively.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-0440B:
4+(n-2)
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
Ivory colour
White colour
Ref. 1130
Ref. 1130/50
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1
5
Door phones Mod. 1130
N. 1
Power supply for
door phone system
Relay box
28VA
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 788/51
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
4+(n-1)
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 2
Module with door unit set-up
N. 2
Amplified door unit
5
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 2
Module with door unit
4+n
7+n
7+n
2
2
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
725 model
N. 2
Panel with N buttons
N. 2
Amplified door unit
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1128 model
N. 2
Front case for door unit
N. 2
Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.007
C4.008
VX.014
4 −−−− sec.1c
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0440B
COLUMN
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
1
2
6
11
10
9
8
7
1
2
6
11
10
9
8
7
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
U4
U3
U2
U1
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
8
U2
U1
G/T
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
SN1
L
1
2
+
1A
1
4
Lock
Release
Name tag
lighting
L
1
2
+
1A
12
15
RELAY
BOX
Lock
Release
~
C2 C1 12
~
0 11
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
Name tag
lighting
14
9
ELECTRIC
LOCK
ELECTRIC
LOCK
Name tag
lighting
MAIN ~
MAIN ~
~
~
~~
120
~
~
~ - - ~ + PS
126 J 0 6
POWER SUPPLY
FOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
U2
U1
G/T
3
6
7
(VX.014)
52
SN2
10
13
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1c −−−− 5
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 3 OR 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This installation allows connection of a series of door phone to 3 or 4
push button panels.
By simply pushing a button on one of the 4 panels, the called door
phone, picking up the handset, is automatically connected with the
calling push button panel.
It is not possible to talk from the outdoor stations simultaneously, since
they work alternatively.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-0441C:
5+(n-2)
6
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. 1
2
7+n
7+n
2
Ref. 1130
Ref. 1130/50
28VA
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 788/58
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
5+n
7+n
Power supply for
door phone system
Relay box
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 4
Module with door unit set-up
N. 4
Amplified door unit
6
Ivory colour
White colour
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1
5+(n-1)
Door phones Mod. 1130
or
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 4
Module with door unit
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
7+n
or
2
2
725 model
N. 4
Panel with N buttons
N. 4
Amplified door unit
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1128 model
N. 4
Front case for door unit
N. 4
Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.007
C4.008
VX.014
6 −−−− sec.1c
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0441B
TO THE FOLLOWING
DOOR PHONES
1
2
6
11
10
9
8
7
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 3 OR 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS
1
2
6
11
10
9
8
7
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULES
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULES
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
AP 2 1
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
U2
U1
G/T
L
1
2
+
1A
SN4
SN3
1 IV
2 IV
- IV
1 III
2 III
- III
U2
U1
G/T
L
1
2
+
1A
Lock
Release
Lock
Release
Name tag
lighting
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
AP IV
ELECTRIC LOCK
Name tag
lighting
AP III
ELECTRIC LOCK
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULES
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULES
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
U4
U3
U2
U1
U2
U1
G/T
L
1
2
+
1A
SN1
SN2
1I
2I
-I
1 II
2 II
- II
RELAY
BOX
Lock
Release
Name tag
lighting
U2
U1
G/T
AP I
ELECTRIC LOCK
-
AP II
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
L
1
2
+
1A
Lock
Release
Name tag
lighting
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
ELECTRIC LOCK
~~
0 12 C1 C2
Name tag
lighting
(VX.014)
~~
120
~
~
~
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
~
~18
+6
~0
~12
-6
PS
-J
MAIN~
MAIN~
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
POWER SUPPLY
FOR HOUSE
PHONE SYSTEM
sec.1c −−−− 7
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 MAIN
OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own outdoor station
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
It is the ideal solution for residential centers where the single villas
have to be connected to both their own outdoor stations and a common
one at the main entrance.
During the call the concerned door phone is automatically switched to
the common outdoor station or to the one of the group it belongs to, by
means of a switching relay.
Services towards secondary outdoor stations are independent and can
therefore take place at the same time.
When the call comes from the common outdoor station, only the group
the called door phone belongs to is switched to it, the others being
able to carry on the normal service with their own secondary outdoor
stations.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SC101-0461B:
4+(n-2)
4+(n-2)
5
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
Door phones Mod. 1130
Ivory colour
White colour
Ref. 1130
Ref. 1130/50
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. K+1 Power supply for
door phone system
N. K
Relay box
N. K
Call repeater relay
28VA
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 788/51
Ref. 788/52
5
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
4+(n-1)
4+(n-1)
5
5
4+n
4+n
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. K+1 Module with door unit set-up
N. K+1 Amplified door unit
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. K+1 Module with door unit
9+n
5+n
6
5+n
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
9+n
5+K+n
or
725 model
N. K+1 Panel with N buttons
N. K+1 Amplified door unit
2
8+K+
n+n...
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
2
or
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1128 model
N. K+1 Front case for door unit
N. K+1 Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
2
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
K= quantity of columns
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.007
C4.008
8 −−−− sec.1c
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0461B
1st COLUMN
2nd COLUMN
1
2
6
11
10
9
8
7
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 MAIN
OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own outdoor station
1
2
6
11
10
9
8
7
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULES
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
RELAY
BOX
8
52
10
11
12
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
CONNECTION AS
1ST GROUP
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
L
1
2
+
1A
3
6
1
4
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULES
U4
U3
U2
U1
U2
U1
G/T
SN2
SN1
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
SN1
Lock
Release
1
13
9
15
14
7
Name tag
lighting
ELECTRIC
LOCK
4
-6
7
~ ~
C1 C2 12 0
MAIN ~
~
~12 ~0 -6 +6
POWER SUPPLY
FOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
Calls
Name tag
lighting
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
L
1
2
+
1A
Lock
Release
ELECTRIC
LOCK
SN1
1
4
-6
7
CA
2
S1
S3
~12
~0
6
C
S2
TO THE FOLLOWING
COLUMN
~
Common
Name tag
lighting
(VX.014)
MAIN ~
MAIN ~
~12 +6 -6 ~0
~
~
POWER SUPPLY
FOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
~
~
~~
120
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
CALL
REPEATER RELAY
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1c −−−− 9
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
10 −−−− sec.1c
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
SECTION 1D
(REV.C)
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
BASIC DIAGRAMS
FOR COAX ELECTRONIC
VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
Download from:
www.urmetdomus.com
Technical Manuals area
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 1
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1D
SECTION 1D CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
Diagram
Sec.
Pag.
BASIC DIAGRAMS
FOR COAX ELECTRONIC VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF MAX. 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT .......................................... SV102-3146D ..............1d ................ 2
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION ...................... SV102-2631E ..............1d ................ 4
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES AND HOUSE PHONES
TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Connection in the riser of a number of house phones with voice service only ............................................... SV102-1609E ..............1d ................ 6
CONNECTION OF 4 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
The video outdoor station calls the 4 video door phones
in parallel with concurrent power-on............................................................................................................... SV102-2066D ..............1d ................ 8
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
EQUIPPED WITH A SEPARATE CCD TV CAMERA
Possibility of automatic connection by the video door phones to the TV camera........................................... SV102-3118C ..............1d ............. 10
CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Possibility of automatic activation of a second control tv camera................................................................... SV102-3119A ..............1d ............. 12
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS .................... SV102-2892D ..............1d ............. 14
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE GROUPS
TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND 1 DOOR UNIT ............................................................................................. SV102-2934C ..............1d ............. 16
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS .................... SV102-3078B ..............1d ............. 18
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNS
TO A MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is connected to 1 proper secondary video outdoor station ....................................................... SV102-3079A ..............1d ............. 20
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNS
TO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each columns is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station.......................................................... SV102-2935E ..............1d ............. 22
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY
OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from outside with concurrent power-on ......................................................................................... SV102-2970D ..............1d ............. 24
CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 9 INTERCOM ATLANTICO VIDEO DOOR PHONES
WITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from the outside with concurrent power-on ................................................................................... SV102-2972D ..............1d ............. 26
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY
OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 2 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNITS
The video outdoor stations call the video door phones in parallel with concurrent power-on ........................ SV102-3257A ..............1d ............. 28
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLELTO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE ................ SV102-1469D ..............1d ............. 30
CONNECTION IN PARALLEL OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONE.................................... SV102-1574C ..............1d ............. 30
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLEL TO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE ............... SV102-0782D ..............1d ............. 31
CONNECTION OF 3 VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS IN PARALLEL
TO A SYSTEM WITH VIDEO DOOR UNIT
The video door phones are called at the same time....................................................................................... SV102-2132E ..............1d ............. 32
CORRISPONDENCE OF TERMINALS BETWEEN
Scaitel AND Sentry+ OR Atlantico VIDEODOORPHONE.............................................................................. SV102-1977A ..............1d ............. 32
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS
TO A SYSTEM WITH VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from outside with concurrent power-on ......................................................................................... SV102-1349E ..............1d ............. 34
CONNECTION OF N VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Distance between video door phone and video door unit in the range from 300 to 1000 metres .................. SV102-1241D ..............1d ............. 36
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLOURS VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION.... SV102-3063A ..............1d ............. 38
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Door open indicator on video door phones..................................................................................................... SV102-3228A ..............1d ............. 40
I −−−− sec.1d
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS UTOPIA COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND TO 1 DOOR UNIT ..........................................................................................SV102-3227 ..............1d ............. 42
CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNS
TO 1 MAIN VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Each column is additionally connected to a specific secondary door unit ........................................................SV102-3235 ..............1d ............. 44
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM UTOPIA VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY
OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT...........................................................SV102-3219 ..............1d ............. 46
CONNECTION OF 2 INTERCOM UTOPIA VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY
OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from outside with concurrent power-on ............................................................................................SV102-3220 ..............1d ............. 48
EXAMPLES OF COAXIAL CABLE CONNECTION ..........................................................................................SV102-3294 ..............1d ............. 50
EXAMPLES OF COAXIAL CABLE CONNECTION ..........................................................................................SV102-3295 ..............1d ............. 51
EXAMPLES OF COAXIAL CABLE CONNECTION ....................................................................................... SV102-3296A ..............1d ............. 52
EXAMPLE OF CONNECTION TVCC CAMERE OR MICROCAMERA ......................................................... SV102-3229A ..............1d ............. 53
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d −−−− II
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1D
SECTION 1D CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1D
SECTION 1D CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
COAX VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM DIAGRAM CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
WITH BLACK AND WHITE CAMERA
LIST OF AVAILABLE FUNCTIONS
Number of main video door phone panels to be installed
Number of video door phone secondary panels to be installed
Number of main door phone panels to be installed
Number of secondary door phone panels to be installed
Single calls from panel: each user has its own call button
Calls from panel in parallel: each user has several video door phones in the apartment
Intercom function: users can communicate with each other
Auto-on: users can switch the video door phone on also if no call is received
Monitor with CCTV cameras
Use of some door phones for audio service only
Use of devices in parallel with a video door phone
Distance between video door phones and video door unit from 300 to 1000 metres
Use of kits
DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION
0 0 0 √
2
SV102-2631E
4
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES AND HOUSE PHONES TO 1 VIDEO
OUTDOOR STATION. Connection in the riser of a number of house phones with voice service only SV102-1609E
6
√ √
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
EQUIPPED WITH A SEPARATE CCD TV CAMERA
Possibility of automatic connection by the video door phones to the TV camera
SV102-3118C
10
√ √
CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Possibility of automatic activation of a second control tv camera
SV102-3119A
12
√
CONNECTION OF 4 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
The video outdoor station calls the 4 video door phones in parallel with concurrent power-on
SV102-2066D
8
√ √
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY
OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from outside with concurrent power-on
SV102-2970D
24
√ √
CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 9 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONES
WITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from the outside with concurrent power-on
SV102-2972D
26
CONNECTION OF N VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Distance between video door phone and video door unit in the range from 300 to 1000 metres
SV102-1241D
36
0 0 K √
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNS
TO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each columns is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station
SV102-2935E
22
0 1 0 √
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE GROUPS
TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND 1 DOOR UNIT
SV102-2934C
16
K 0 0 √
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNS
TO A MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is connected to 1 proper secondary video outdoor station
SV102-3079A
20
0 0 0 √
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
SV102-2892D
14
0 0 0
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY
OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 2 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNITS
The video outdoor stations call the video door phones in parallel with concurrent power-on
SV102-3257A
28
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
SV102-3078B
18
√
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLEL TO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE SV102-0782D
31
√
CONNECTION OF 3 VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS IN PARALLEL
TO A SYSTEM WITH VIDEO DOOR UNIT
The video door phones are called at the same time
SV102-2132E
32
√ √
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS
TO A SYSTEM WITH VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from outside with concurrent power-on
SV102-1349E
34
√
CONNECTION IN PARALLEL OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONE
SV102-1574C
30
√
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLELTO
THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE
SV102-1469D
30
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
0 0 0 √
√
0 0 0 √
0 0 0 √
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0 √
2
PAG
SV102-3146D
0 0 0 √
1
DIAGRAM
√ COLLEGAMENTO DI MAX 2 VIDEOCITOFONI AD 1 VIDEOPORTIERE ELETTRICO
√
√ √
4 0 0 0 √
K = number of columns with panel
NOTE: The diagrams shown in this table can be made using Sinthesi, K-Steel, 725 panel models.
III −−−− sec.1d
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
WITH COLOUR CAMERA
LIST OF AVAILABLE FUNCTIONS
Number of main video door phone panels to be installed
Number of video door phone secondary panels to be installed
Number of main door phone panels to be installed
Single calls from panel: each user has its own call button
Calls from panel in parallel: each user has several video door phones in the apartment
Intercom function: users can communicate with each other
Auto-on: users can switch the video door phone on also if no call is received
Monitor with CCTV cameras
Use of devices in parallel with a video door phone
Use of free-hands Utopia video door phone
Door open indicator on video door phone
DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION
0 0 √
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLOURS VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
0 0 √
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
√ √ Door open indicator on video door phones
0 0 √
√
0 0 √
1
0 0 √
0 0
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM UTOPIA VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY
OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
DIAGRAM
PAG
SV102-3063A
38
SV102-3228A
40
SV102-3219
46
√ √
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
EQUIPPED WITH A SEPARATE CCD TV CAMERA
Possibility of automatic connection by the video door phones to the TV camera
SV102-3118C
10
√ √
CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Possibility of automatic activation of a second control tv camera
SV102-3119A
12
CONNECTION OF 2 INTERCOM UTOPIA VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY
OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from outside with concurrent power-on
SV102-3220
48
√
CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNS
TO 1 MAIN VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Each column is additionally connected to a specific secondary door unit
SV102-3235
44
√
CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS UTOPIA COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND TO 1 DOOR UNIT
SV102-3227
42
√
√ √
0 K √
1 0 √
√
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLEL TO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE
SV102-0782D
31
√
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLELTO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE
SV102-1469D
30
√
CONNECTION IN PARALLEL OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONE
SV102-1574C
30
K = number of columns with panel
NOTE: The diagrams shown in this table can be made using Sinthesi, K-Steel, 725 panel models.
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d −−−− IV
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1D
SECTION 1D CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF MAX. 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system allows connection between the video outdoor station and
the various video door phones situated in the apartments. When the
visitor presses a button on the push button panel, the bitonal electronic
call is sent to the corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and,
after about 7 seconds, the image appears on the screen.
At this point the user sees the visitor and can answer, if he wishes,
unhooking the handset. At the end of the conversation, the electric lock
can be operated by pressing the key (
).
Vision of the image lasts about 60 seconds, after which the intervention
of the built-in timer in the power supply causes it to go off. If a second
video door phone is called before the end of the 60 seconds, the first
video door phone will automatically go off and the latter comes on. This
feature guarantees secrecy of vision.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-3146D:
“COAX” VIDEO DOOR PHONE KIT DIAGRAMS
N. 1
N. 1
7+coax
N. 1
7+coax
8+coax
TC
N. 1
10+coax
2
One-family kit (1 button)
with Atlantico video door phone
Ref. 1702/611
consisting of:
• Sinthesi camera with integrated door unit and 1 calling
button Ref. 1745/81
• 1 Atlantico video door phone Ref. 1702/1 with bracket
Ref. 1202/90
• 1 flush mounting box for 1 module Ref. 1145/51
• Module holder with frame for 1 module Ref. 1145/61
• Power unit 230Vac-38VA, 10 DIN modules Ref. 789/5B
or
One-family kit (1 button)
with Artico video door phone
Ref. 1705/621
consisting of:
• Sinthesi camera with integrated door unit and 1 calling
button Ref. 1745/81
• 1 Artico video door phone Ref. 1705/1 with bracket
Ref. 1705/90
• 1 flush mounting box for 1 module Ref. 1145/51
• Module holder with frame for 1 module Ref. 1145/61
• Power unit 230Vac-38VA, 10 DIN modules Ref. 789/5B
or
Two-family kit (2 buttons)
with Atlantico video door phone
Ref. 1702/612
consisting of:
• Sinthesi camera with integrated door unit and 2 calling
buttons Ref. 1745/82
• 2 Atlantico video door phones Ref. 1702/1 with bracket
Ref. 1202/90
• 1 flush mounting box for 1 module Ref. 1145/51
• Module holder with frame for 1 module Ref. 1145/61
• Power unit 230Vac-38VA, 10 DIN modules Ref. 789/5B
or
Two-family kit (2 buttons)
with Artico video door phone
Ref. 1705/622
consisting of:
• Sinthesi camera with integrated door unit and 2 calling
buttons Ref. 1745/82
• 2 Artico video door phones Ref. 1705/1 with bracket
Ref. 1705/90
• 1 flush mounting box for 1 module Ref. 1145/51
• Module holder with frame for 1 module Ref. 1145/61
• Power unit 230Vac-38VA, 10 DIN modules Ref. 789/5B
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
VX.003
2 −−−− sec.1d
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-3146D
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF MAX. 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT
CA
R2
R1
V4
V5
V3
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
CA
R2
R1
V4
V5
V3
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
For two-family
kits only
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
U2
U1
G/T
PS
CAMERA UNIT
WITH DOOR UNIT
AND BUTTONS
L
1A
2
+
1
AP
~0
-6
+6
1/~
+R
TC
Lock Release
~0
V3
V5
+TC
R1
~12
+TC
R1
~12
SE1
R1
R2
R2
SE2
ELECTRIC LOCK
0
MAIN~
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
230
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 3
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system allows connection between the video outdoor station and
the various video door phones situated in the apartments. When the
visitor presses a button on the push button panel, the bitonal electronic
call is sent to the corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and,
after about 7 seconds, the image appears on the screen.
At this point the user sees the visitor and can answer, if he wishes,
unhooking the handset. At the end of the conversation, the electric lock
can be operated by pressing the key (
).
Vision of the image lasts about 60 seconds, after which the intervention
of the built-in timer in the power supply causes it to go off. If a second
video door phone is called before the end of the 60 seconds, the first
video door phone will automatically go off and the latter comes on. This
feature guarantees secrecy of vision.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-2631E:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/90
or
Artico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/90
TC
6+(n-2)+coax
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
7+coax
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1745/80-/81-/82
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
6+(n-1)+coax
or
7+coax
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1755/80
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
6+n+coax
TC
or
9+n+coax
2
725 model
N. 1
Panel with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
N. 1
Camera
N. 1
Front plate
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 725/600
Ref. 725/601-/602
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for video door unit
N. 1
Door unit with camera
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1728/20-/21
Ref. 1728/80
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
4 −−−− sec.1d
Video power supply
Video distributor
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 1794/4A
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-2631E
(VX.010)
(VX.011)
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
CA
R2
R1
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
CA
R2
R1
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
U1
U2
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
PS
~12
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
Name tag
lighting
(C4.006)
SE1
AP
~0
-6
+6
Lock Release
L
1A
2
+
1
V5
V3
+TC
R1
+TC
R1
R1
R2
~0
~12
(VD.002)
ELECTRIC LOCK
SE2
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
(VX.008)
U4
U3
U2
U1
Name tag
lighting
~
LINE ~
~
~0
~12
DIAGRAM NOTES
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
(see section 1)
~
(VX.014)
MAIN ~
~
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007
VX.008
C4.008
VX.010
VD.002
VX.011
VX.003
VX.014
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 5
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
R2
R1 E
TC
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES AND HOUSE PHONES TO 1
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Connection in the riser of a number of house phones with voice service only
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system has the same operation features as the basic system
(Scheme SV102-2631) with the possibility to add simple house phones
onto the same riser with phonic service only.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-1609E:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/90
or
6+(n-4)+coax
Artico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/90
5
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X
N. X
6+(n-3)+coax
Door phone Mod. Utopia
Door phone Mod. Atlantico
Ref. 1134/1
Ref. 1133
TC
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
5
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1745/80-/81-/82
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
6+(n-2)+coax
7+coax
or
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1755/80
6+(n-1)+coax
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
7+coax
or
6+n+coax
TC
725 model
N. 1
Panel with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
N. 1
Camera
N. 1
Front plate
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
11+n+coax
2
or
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for video door unit
N. 1
Door unit with camera
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 725/600
Ref. 725/601-/602
Ref. 1728/20-/21
Ref. 1728/80
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
6 −−−− sec.1d
Video power supply
Video distributor
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 1794/4A
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-1609E
TO THE FOLLOWING
VIDEO DOOR PHONES
CA
1
2
6
9
10
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES AND HOUSE PHONES TO 1
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Connection in the riser of a number of house phones with voice service only
CA
1
2
6
9
10
(VX.010)
(VX.011)
CA
R2
R1
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
CA
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
TO THE
FOLLOWING
MODULES
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
U1
U2
R2
R1 E
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
PS
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
Name tag
lighting
(C4.006)
SE1
AP
~0
-6
+6
L
1A
2
+
1
Lock Release
V5
V3
+TC
R1
+TC
R1
R1
R2
~0
~12
(VD.002)
ELECTRIC LOCK
SE2
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
TC
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
R2
R1
Name tag
lighting
~
LINE~
~
(VX.008)
~0
~12
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
DIAGRAM NOTES
~
(VX.014)
MAIN~
~
(see section 1)
VX.003
VX.008
VX.010
VX.011
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 7
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 4 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
The video outdoor station calls the 4 video door phones
in parallel with concurrent power-on
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system is particularly suited for detached houses where it is
necessary to call and activate 4 video door phones concurrently using
a single call key.
As the video power supply can power only one video door phone,
video door phones 2, 3 and 4 must be powered with a local power
supply.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-2066D:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico model
N. 4
Video door phones
N. 4
Bracket
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/90
or
Artico model
N. 4
Video door phones
N. 4
Bracket
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/90
TC
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
7+coax
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1745/81
7+coax
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
7+coax
K-Steel model
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
7+coax
Ref. 1755/81
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
9+coax
or
725 model
N. 1
Panel with 1 button
N. 1
Amplified door unit
N. 1
Camera
N. 1
Front plate
8+coax
Ref. 725/101
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 725/600
Ref. 725/601
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
12+coax
TC
or
10+coax
2
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for video door unit
N. 1
Door unit with camera
N. 1
Button
N. X
Blank module
Ref. 1728/20-/21
Ref. 1728/80
Ref. 1128/1-/2
Ref. 1128/30-/31
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
8 −−−− sec.1d
Video power supply
Power supply (2)
Video distributor
Power supply (1)
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 789/3
Ref. 1794/4A
Ref. 789/2
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-2066D
CA
R2
R1
RT
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
R1
R2 in
R1
R2 out
RL
4
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 4 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
The video outdoor station calls the 4 video door phones
in parallel with concurrent power-on
CA
(VX.007)
R2
R1
RT
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
~
LINE~
V4
V5
V3
~
ADDITIONAL POWER
SUPPLY UNIT (2)
3
(VX.025)
(VX.008)
2
CA
R1
R2 in
R1
R2 out
RL
R2
R1
RT
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
~
LINE~
V4
V5
V3
~
ADDITIONAL POWER
SUPPLY UNIT (1)
(VX.008)
1
CA
RT
R1
R2
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
U2 U1
R2
R1
E
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
(VX.008)
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
~
LINE~
~
PS
AP
~0
-6
+6
SE3
1/~
+TC
R1
R2
R2
R1
~12
+R
SE1
SE2
(C4.006)
U1
G/T
L
1A
2
+
1
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
Name tag
lighting
TC
Lock Release
V5
V3
+TC
R1
~0
~12
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
(VD.002)
ELECTRIC LOCK
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T
VX.003
VX.008
VX.023
VX.025
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 9
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION EQUIPPED WITH A SEPARATE CCD TV CAMERA
Possibility of automatic connection by the video door phones to the TV camera
FUNCTION
This system allows connection between the video outdoor station and
the various video door phones situated in the apartments.
When the visitor presses a button on the push button panel, the
bitonal electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door phone
loudspeaker and, after about 7 seconds, the image appears on the
screen.
At this point the user sees the visitor and can answer, if he wishes,
unhooking the handset. At the end of the conversation, the electric lock
can be operated by pressing the key
.
Vision of the image lasts about 60 seconds, after which the intervention
of the built-in timer in the power supply causes it to go off. If a second
video door phone is called before the end of the 60 seconds, the first
video door phone will automatically go off and the latter comes on.
This feature guarantees secrecy of vision.
Press button
on the video door phone to switch on the camera also
without having received a call.
Utopia model
N. X
Video door phones direct vision
N. X
Bracket
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit
8
Ref. 1703/1
Ref. 1704/90
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
7+(n-1)+coax
or
8
725 model
N. 1
Panels with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate
Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
- product technical manual.
7+n+coax
or
9
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for door unit
N. 1
Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
2
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
2+coax
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
EQUIPMENT
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-3118C:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
Video power supply
Relay box
Video distributor
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 788/52
Ref. 1794/4A
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
BLACK/WHITE
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
DIAGRAM NOTES
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/90
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T
or
Artico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/90
COLOUR
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
(see section 1)
C4.007
VX.003
VX.010
VX.012
C4.008
VX.008
VX.011
VX.014
Ref. 1702/40
Ref. 1202/90
or
10 −−−− sec.1d
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-3118C
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DOOR PHONES
(VX.010)
(VX.011)
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION EQUIPPED WITH A SEPARATE CCD TV CAMERA
Possibility of automatic connection by the video door phones to the TV camera
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
(VX.012)
RELAY
BOX
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
LINE ~
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
Name tag
lighting
(C4.006)
L
1A
2
+
1
Lock Release
ELECTRIC LOCK
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
(VX.008)
Coax
(R1)
(+TC)
Name tag
lighting
SEE DIAGRAM
SV102-3229
pag.51
MAIN ~
(VX.014)
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 11
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Possibility of automatic activation of a second control tv camera
FUNCTION
TC
This system is particularly suitable in one-family villas. The video door
phone, besides being connected to a TV camera unit, can self-insert
on a secondary control TV camera by pressing the service button .
An internal closed TV circuit system is thus made, which allows the
control of a room (i.e. children’s room) and the outside entrance at any
time.
The secondary TV camera is turned on for about a minute, after which
it automatically turns off. In any case, a call from the video outdoor
station automatically switches the video door phone to the external TV
camera unit thus excluding the second TV camera; in order to reset the
latter, it is sufficient to press the service key
when the conversation
with the video outdoor station is over.
With the other service key
it is possible to self-insert also on the
video outdoor station.
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
BLACK/WHITE
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1745/81
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1755/81
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
9+coax
or
TC
2+coax
12+coax
725 model
N. 1
Panel with 1 button
N. 1
Amplified door unit
N. 1
Camera
N. 1
Front plate
Ref. 725/101
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 725/600
Ref. 725/601
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
2
or
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for video door unit
N. 1
Door unit with camera
N. 1
Button
N. X
Blank module
Ref. 1728/20-/21
Ref. 1728/80
Ref. 1128/1-/2
Ref. 1128/30-/31
EQUIPMENT
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-3119A:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
COLOUR
BLACK/WHITE
Atlantico model
N. 1
Video door phones
N. 1
Bracket
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/90
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Artico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/90
COLOUR
Atlantico model
N. 1
Video door phones
N. 1
Bracket
or
K-Steel model
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
N. 1
Module with door unit
Ref. 1703/1
Ref. 1704/90
Utopia free-hands model
N. 1
Video door phones direct vision
N. 1
Bracket
12 −−−− sec.1d
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
or
Ref. 1755/40
Ref. 1155/21
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
Ref. 1702/40
Ref. 1202/90
or
Utopia model
N. 1
Video door phones direct vision
N. 1
Bracket
Ref. 1745/41
Video power supply
Relay
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 788/51
Ref. 1703/2
Ref. 1704/91
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-3119A
CA
V4
V5
V3
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
R1
R2
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Possibility of automatic activation of a second control tv camera
Name tag
lighting
14
15
SN1
SN2
U1
G/T
~0
~12
TC
(C4.006)
4
5
6
C1
9
C2
PS
+R
L
1
1A
2
+
AP
-6
+6
R2
R1
Coax
(R1)
(+TC)
SEE DIAGRAM
SV102-3229
pag.51
2
12
1
3
10
RELAY
7
13
11
~12
~0
8
Lock Release
R1
+TC
V5
V3
~12
~0
R1
+TC
~12
~0
SE1
SE2
(VD.002)
SE3
1/~
R2
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
(VX.008)
ELECTRIC LOCK
~
LINE ~
~
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Name tag
lighting
~12
~0
~
(VX.014)
~
TRANSFORMER
MAIN ~
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T
VX.003
VX.008
VX.014
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 13
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system allows the connection of a column of video door phones
to 2 video outdoor stations with automatic switching.
When a visitor presses a call button on one of the two push button
panels, in the called apartment the bitonal electronic call is sent to the
corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and the image appears
on the screen after about 8 seconds.
During this phase, the relay box automatically inserts the relative
loudspeaking unit and TV camera, excluding the other video outdoor
station from the service.
At this point, the user sees the visitor and may respond, if desired,
lifting the handset. At the end of the call, only the electric lock of the
entrance concerned is activated pressing the key
.
If, during a conversation, a call is made from the other push button
panel towards another video door phone, the first will automatically
switch off and the last video door phone called will be activated. It
is not possible therefore to communicate with the 2 video outdoor
stations at the same time in that they operate alternatively and are
mutually exclusive.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-2892D:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
or
Artico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/90
TC
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 2
Module with camera and door unit
7+coax
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/90
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1745/80-/81-/82
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
6+coax+(n-2)
or
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
N. 2
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1755/80
7+coax
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
6+coax+(n-1)
or
7+coax
725 model
N. 2
Panel with N buttons
N. 2
Amplified door unit
N. 2
Camera
N. 2
Front plate
6+coax+(n)
TC
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 725/600
Ref. 725/601-/602
TC
11+n+
coax
2
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
11+n+
coax
or
2
1128 model
N. 2
Front case for video door unit
N. 2
Door unit with camera
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1728/20-/21
Ref. 1728/80
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
14 −−−− sec.1d
Video power supply
Relay box
Video distributor
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 788/51
Ref. 1794/4A
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-2892D
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DOOR PHONES
(VX.011)
(VX.010)
CA
R1
R2
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
CA
R1
R2
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
CA
R1
R2
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
Name tag
lighting
U1
U2
~0
~12
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
R2
R1 E
~
(VX.014)
MAIN~
~
LINE~
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
~
~
R1 R2 AP - + SE R1 ~ ~
12 0
6 6 1
SE +
2 TC
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
PS
(VX.008)
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
TC
(C4.006)
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
(C4.016)
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
11
8
14
5
2
C1
~0
~12
C2
SN2
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
(C4.016)
SN1
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
TC
(C4.006)
(VD.002)
~0
~12
R1
+TC
V5
V3
6
15
4
13
12
10
3
R1
+TC
V5
V3
1
Lock Release
ELECTRIC LOCK
L
1A
2
+
1
Name tag
lighting
~0
~12
(VD.002)
Lock Release
9
7
ELECTRIC LOCK
DIAGRAM NOTES
RELAY
BOX
(see section 1)
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007
VX.003
C4.008
VX.008
C4.016
VX.010
VD.002
VX.011
VX.014
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 15
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
L
1A
2
+
1
Name tag
lighting
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE GROUPS TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT
AND 1 DOOR UNIT
FUNCTION
This type of system is used to connect a video door phone column to
an automatically switching video door unit or door unit.
A two-tone electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door
phone speaker when a call button is pressed on either of the two
panels; the picture appears on the screen after approximately seven
seconds if the call was made by the video door unit.
The video door phone will not light up and the video door phone will
work as a normal door phone if the call is made from thcamera unit and
panel.
Press
at the end of the call to open the concerned door electrical
lock only.
7+coax
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1755/80
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
725 model
N. 1
Panel with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
N. 1
Camera
N. 1
Front plate
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
6+coax+(n-2)
or
7+coax
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for video door unit
N. 1
Door unit with camera
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
6+coax+(n-1)
7+coax
Ref. 1728/20-/21
Ref. 1728/80
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
6+coax+(n)
TC
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 725/600
Ref. 725/601-/602
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
9+n
11+n+
coax
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Amplified door unit
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-2934C:
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/90
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
or
Artico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/90
or
725 model
N. 1
Panels with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
or
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1745/80-/81-/82
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
16 −−−− sec.1d
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate
Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
- product technical manual.
TC
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for door unit
N. 1
Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-2934C
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DOOR PHONES
(VX.011)
(VX.010)
CA
R1
R2
V4
V5
V3
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE GROUPS TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT
AND 1 DOOR UNIT
CA
R1
R2
V4
V5
V3
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
CA
R1
R2
V4
V5
V3
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
U1
U2
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
R2
R1 E
Name tag
lighting
~0
~12
LINE ~
~
MAIN~
~
R1
~
~
R1
AP 6
+ ~ ~ SE + SE
6 12 0 2 TC 1
R2 PS
(VX.014)
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
11
8
~0
~12
1
3
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
(VX.008)
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
(C4.016)
TC
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
SN2
14
5
2
C1
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
(C4.016)
C2
SN1
(C4.006)
(VD.002)
~0
~12
R1
V5
V3
+TC
6
15
4
13
12
10
Lock Release
ELECTRIC LOCK
Video power supply
Relay box
Video distributor
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
L
1A
2
+
1
Name tag
lighting
RELAY
BOX
Lock Release
9
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
(C4.006)
L
1A
2
+
1
Name tag
lighting
U4
U3
U2
U1
ELECTRIC LOCK
7
DIAGRAM NOTES
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 788/51
Ref. 1794/4A
(see section 1)
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007
VX.014
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
C4.008
C4.016
VD.002
VX.008
VX.010
VX.011
sec.1d−−−− 17
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system allows the connection of a column of video door phones
to 4 video outdoor stations with automatic switching. Therefore, it is
suitable for a building with 4 entrances common to all apartments.
When a visitor presses a call button on one of the two push button
panels, in the called apartment the bitonal electronic call is sent to the
corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and the image appears
on the screen after about 7 seconds. During this phase, the relay box
automatically inserts the relative loudspeaking unit and TV camera,
excluding the other video outdoor station from the service. At this
point, the user sees the visitor and may respond, if desired, lifting the
handset. At the end of the call, only the electric lock of the entrance
concerned is activated pressing the key
. If, during a conversation,
a call is made from the other push button panel towards another video
door phone, the first will automatically switch off and the last video
door phone called will be activated. In this system it is not possible
to speak simultaneously from the four outdoor stations because they
work one at a time in automatic switching.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-3078B:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
or
Artico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/90
TC
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 4
Module with camera and door unit
7+coax
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/90
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1745/80-/81-/82
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
6+coax+(n-2)
7+coax
or
6+coax+(n-1)
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
N. 4
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1755/80
7+coax
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
6+coax+(n)
TC
TC
or
11+n+
coax
725 model
N. 4
Panel with N buttons
N. 4
Amplified door unit
N. 4
Camera
N. 4
Front plate
11+n+
coax
2
2
TC
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 725/600
Ref. 725/601-/602
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
TC
or
11+n+
coax
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
2
1128 model
N. 4
Front case for video door unit
N. 4
Door unit with camera
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
11+n+
coax
Ref. 1728/20-/21
Ref. 1728/80
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
18 −−−− sec.1d
Video power supply
Relay box
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 788/54
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-3078B
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DOOR PHONES
(VX.011)
(VX.010)
CA
R1
R2
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
CA
R1
R2
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
CA
R1
R2
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
RELAY
BOX
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
R1 R2
V5 V3
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
(C4.016)
(C4.008)
(C4.007)
SN2
SN3
(C4.006)
L
1A
2
+
1
Name tag
lighting
~0
~12
(VD.002)
INPUT B
ELECTRIC LOCK
V5
V3
R1
+TC
V5
V3
R1
+TC
~12
~0
SE
~12
~0
SE
~0
~12
(VD.002)
ELECTRIC LOCK
Lock Release
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
SN1
SN4
(C4.006)
L
1A
2
+
1
V5
V3
R1
+TC
ELECTRIC LOCK
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
L
1A
2
+
1
1
2
-6
+6
INPUT D
V5
V3
R1
+TC
V5
V3
R1
+TC
~12
~0
SE
~12
~0
SE
VOLTAGE
Lock Release
Name tag
lighting
V5
V3
R1
+TC
~0
~12
ELECTRIC LOCK
Name tag
lighting
LINE~
~
(VD.002)
Lock Release
~A AP ~B ~12 -6 SE +6 +TC R1 R2 -6I -6U C1 C2 C3 C4
~
TC
(C4.006)
1
2
-6
+6
INPUT A
(VD.002)
Name tag
lighting
(C4.016)
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
~0
~12
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
V5
V3
R1
+TC
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
(C4.016)
(C4.008)
(C4.007)
Name tag
lighting
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
TC
L
1A
2
+
1
INPUT C
Lock Release
TC
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
(C4.006)
1
2
-6
+6
1
2
-6
+6
V5
V3
R1
+TC
U4
U3
U2
U1
~0
~12
~0 AP ~12 SE1 -6 SE2 +6 +TC R1 R2
PS
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
~
(VX.014)
LINE~
~
(VX.008)
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007
VX.003
C4.008
VX.008
C4.016
VX.010
VD.002
VX.011
VX.014
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 19
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
TC
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
9621
COLUMN
(C4.016)
(C4.008)
(C4.007)
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNS
TO A MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is connected to 1 proper secondary video outdoor station
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system is particularly suitable for residential properties where it is
necessary to connect the single villas to a proper video outdoor station
and to a common one located at the main entry.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-3079A:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
During calling the video door phone is automatically switched on the
main video outdoor station or to the secondary one of its own group, by
means of the switching relay. The services for secondary video outdoor
stations are independent, so that they be realized simultaneously.
When the call is coming from the main video outdoor station, only the
group of the called video door phone is switched on it, the other ones
continue to service towards the secondary.
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/90
or
Artico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/90
TC
7+
coax
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
7+
coax
7+ 6+coax+(n-1)
coax
6+coax+(n-1)
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. K+1 Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1745/80-/81-/82
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
7+
coax
6+coax+(n)
or
6+coax+(n)
TC
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
N. K+1 Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1755/80
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
TC
or
8+n+
coax
8+n+
coax
2
10+coax+
K(n+1) 2
725 model
N. K+1 Panel with N buttons
N. K+1 Amplified door unit
N. K+1 Camera
N. K+1 Front plate
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 725/600
Ref. 725/601-/602
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
TC
or
2
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
K= quantity of columns
1128 model
N. K+1 Front case for video door unit
N. K+1 Door unit with camera
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1728/20-/21
Ref. 1728/80
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. K+1 Video power supply
N. K+1 Relay box
>1
Video distributor
20 −−−− sec.1d
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 788/51
Ref. 1794/4A
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-3079A
1st COLUMN
2nd COLUMN
(VX.010)
(VX.011)
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNS
TO A MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is connected to 1 proper secondary video outdoor station
CA
R2
R1
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
CA
R2
R1
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
CONNECTION AS 1ST GROUP
RELAY
BOX
14
(C4.017)
(C4.008)
(C4.007)
8
11
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
52
SN1
SN2
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
TC
TC
(C4.006)
1
4
L
1A
2
+
1
3
6
7
13
C1
V5
V3
+TC
R1
12
10
Name tag
lighting
~0
~12
(VD.002)
~ ~
15 9 C2 0 12
Lock Release
ELECTRIC LOCK
SN1
LINE ~
1
4
-6
7
~
Coax
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
U1 U2
R1 U3
R2 U4
Coax
U5
E
Calls
Name tag
lighting
(VD.002)
SN1
L
1A
2
+
1
~0
~12
1
4
-6
7
Common
V5
V3
+TC
R1
R1
13
C1
Lock Release
Name tag
lighting
ELECTRIC LOCK
LINE ~
~0
~12
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
(VX.002) (VX.008)
~
~
~ SE R1 + + - AP R1R2PS ~ SE
12 2
TC 6 6
0 1
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
~
(VX.014)
LINE~
~
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007
VX.001
C4.008
VX.002
C4.017
VX.003
VD.002
VX.008
VX.014
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 21
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
TC
R1
13
C1
~
- + + R1SE
R2 AP PS ~
0 12 SE
1 6 6 TC
2
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
(VX.008)
(C4.017)
(C4.008)
(C4.007)
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
R1
TO THE FOLLOWING COLUMN
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
~
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNS
TO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each columns is also connected to its own
secondary outdoor station
FUNCTION
This system is particularly suitable for residential properties where it is
necessary to connect the single villas to an own video outdoor station
and to a common one located at the main entry.
During calling the interested video door phone is automatically swItched
on the main video outdoor station or to the secondary one of its own
group, by means of the switching relay. The services for secondary
outdoor stations are independent, so that they can be realized
simultaneously. When the call is coming from the main video outdoor
station, only the group of the called video door phone is switched on it,
the other ones continue to service the secondary.
7+
coax
7+
coax
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1755/80
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
725 model
N. 1
Panel with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
N. 1
Camera
N. 1
Front plate
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
6+n+coax
6+n+coax
7+
coax
7+
coax
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 725/600
Ref. 725/601-/602
or
6+n+coax
6+n+coax
8+n+
coax
9+n
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for video door unit
N. 1
Door unit with camera
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
9+n
8+n+coax
8+n+coax
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
10+coax+
K(n+1)
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. K+1 Module with door unit set-up
N. K+1 Amplified door unit
2
TC
K= number of columns
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-2935E:
or
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. K+1 Module with door unit
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/90
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
or
725 model
N. K+1 Panels with N buttons
N. K+1 Amplified door unit
or
Artico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/90
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate
Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
- product technical manual.
TC
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
or
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1745/80-/81-/82
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
22 −−−− sec.1d
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
or
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
2
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1728/20-/21
Ref. 1728/80
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
1128 model
N. K+1 Front case for door unit
N. K+1 Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-2935E
1st COLUMN
2nd COLUMN
CA
R2
R1
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
AS USER
A
AS USER
A
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNS
TO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each columns is also connected to its own
secondary outdoor station
U5 U4 U3
R2
R1
E U1 U2
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
(VX.001)
CA
R2
R1
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
USER
A
CONNECTION AS 1ST
GROUP
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
RELAY
BOX
14
8
(C4.017)
(C4.008)
(C4.007)
52
SN1
SN2
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
(C4.006)
1
4
L
1A
2
+
1
3
6
7
Name tag
lighting
Lock
Release
13
C1
11
12
10
15
9
~
C2 0
ELECTRIC LOCK
~
12
SN1
LINE ~
1
4
-6
7
~
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULE
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
TC
~
PS ~ - ~ +
0 6 12 6
~
12 S1 2 S3
R1
13
C1
Coax
POWER SUPPLY
FOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
(VX.008)
(C4.017)
(C4.008)
(C4.007)
CALL
REPEATER
RELAY
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
(VX.001)
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
U1
U2
U3
Coax
R1
R2
U4
Coax
U5
E
Coax
TO THE
FOLLOWING
COLUMN
Calls
~0
~12
1
4
-6
7
Common
V5
V3
+TC
R1
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Name tag
lighting
(VD.002)
SN1
L
1A
2
+
1
R1
13
C1
Lock
Release
Name tag
lighting
ELECTRIC LOCK
LINE ~
POWER SUPPLY
FOR VIDEO DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
(VX.002) (VX.008)
~0
~12
~
~
~ SE R1 + + - AP R1R2PS ~ SE
12 2
TC 6 6
0 1
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
~
(VX.014)
LINE~
~
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
N. K
N. K
N. K
>1
Video power supply
Door phone power supply
Relay box
Call repeater relay
Video distributor
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 788/51
Ref. 788/52
Ref. 1794/4A
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007
VX.002
C4.008
VX.008
VD.002
VX.014
VX.001
VX.034
sec.1d−−−− 23
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF
ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from outside with concurrent power-on
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system is particularly suited for detached houses where the video
door phones provide the intercom service and can also be called at the
same time in parallel by the video outdoor station. Switching from one
service to another is automatic and is assured during the call phase by
a relay device.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-2970D:
When the intercom service is activated, listening to the conversation
from the loudspeaking unit of the video outdoor station is excluded.
If a call is made from the video outdoor station during an intercom
conversation, all the video door phones are automatically switched to
the outside.
Extra buzzers are used for intercom calls; for external calls from
the video outdoor station, the two-tone electronic call is sent to the
loudspeaker of the handset of the video door phone concerned.
The
and
service keys are used for intercom calls.
When the video door phones are called in parallel by the video outdoor
station, they switch on at the same time. At the end of the conversation,
the electric lock is released pressing the key
.
Viewing lasts approximately 60 seconds, after which it is interrupted
automatically following tripping of the timer incorporate in the power
supply.
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico model
N. 3
Video door phones
N. 3
Bracket
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/90
or
Artico model
N. 3
Video door phones
N. 3
Bracket
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/90
TC
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1745/81
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
12+coax
K-Steel model
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1755/81
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
12+coax
or
12+coax
725 model
N. 1
Panel with 1 button
N. 1
Amplified door unit
N. 1
Camera
N. 1
Front plate
Ref. 725/101
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 725/600
Ref. 725/601
12+coax
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
12+2coax
or
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for video door unit
N. 1
Door unit with camera
N. 1
Button
N. X
Blank module
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
10+coax
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Ref. 1728/20-/21
Ref. 1728/80
Ref. 1128/1-/2
Ref. 1128/30-/31
TC
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
2
24 −−−− sec.1d
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
N. 3
N. 1
N. 1
Video power supply
Power supply
Impedance generator
Video distributor
Extra Buzzer
Kit of 10 diodes
Relay box
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 789/3
Ref. 789/51
Ref. 1794/4A
Ref. 9854/52
Ref. 1131/4
Ref. 788/51
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-2970D
R2
R1
RT
Alt
CA
Mic
1
2
6
R
75
10
9
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
-/~
BUZZER +/~
(C4.014)
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
(VX.007)
R2
R1
RT
R2 R1 R2
in out
~ ~
47
3W
Alt
CA
Mic
1
2
2
6
R
75
10
9
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
LINE ~
(VX.008)
-/~
BUZZER +/~
(C4.014)
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
POWER
SUPPLY
3
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF
ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from outside with concurrent power-on
RT
R1
R2
47
3W
Alt
CA
Mic
1
1
2
6
10
9
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
(C4.014)
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
-/~
BUZZER +/~
47
3W
U2 U1
R2
R1
E
(VX.008)
LINE~
~
R1
TC
IMPEDANCE
GENERATOR
R2
~
AP
R1
+
6
SE +
2 R
SE ~ ~ + 1
1 12 0 6 PS TC /~
6
J
R2
POWER
SUPPLY
~ ~ 2 C1 11
C2 12
0
15
9
7
8
(VD.002)
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
U1
G/T
L
1A
2
+
1
SN1
4
13
3
V5
V3
+TC
R1
~0
~12
SN2
(C4.006)
1
14
5
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Name tag
lighting
6
10
Lock Release
12
RELAY
BOX
ELECTRIC LOCK
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.014
VX.003
VX.006
VX.007
VX.008
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10.
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 25
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 9 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH
POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from the outside with concurrent power-on
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system is particularly suited for detached houses where the video
door phones provide the intercom service and can also be called at the
same time in parallel by the video outdoor station.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-2972D:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Switching from one service to another is automatic and is assured
during the call phase by a relay device.
When the intercom service is activate, listening to the conversation
from the loudspeaking unit of the video outdoor station is excluded.
If a call is made from the video outdoor station during an intercom
conversation, all the video door phones are automatically switched to
the outside.
Extra buzzers are used for external calls from the video outdoor
station; for intercom calls, the two-tone electronic call is sent to the
loudspeaker of the handset of the video door phone concerned.
When the video door phones are called in parallel by the video outdoor
station, they switch on at the same time. At the end of the conversation,
the electric lock is released pressing the key
.
Viewing lasts approximately 60 seconds, after which it is interrupted
automatically following tripping of the timer incorporate in the power
supply.
Atlantico model
N. 9
Video door phone
N. 9
Bracket with 8 Button add-on
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1702/86
TC
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1745/81
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
"9"
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
19+coax
19+coax
"8"
23+coax
Ref. 1755/81
or
725 model
N. 1
Panel with 1 button
N. 1
Amplified door unit
N. 1
Camera
N. 1
Front plate
Ref. 725/101
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 725/600
Ref. 725/601
19+coax
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
"3"
25+coax
or
"2"
19+coax
25+coax
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for video door unit
N. 1
Door unit with camera
N. 1
Button
N. X
Blank module
20+coax
Ref. 1728/20-/21
Ref. 1728/80
Ref. 1128/1-/2
Ref. 1128/30-/31
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
"1"
19+coax
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
VARIOUS
12+coax
TC
N. 1
N. 1
N. 2
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
N. 9
N. 1
Video power supply
Power supply (2)
Power supply (1)
Impedance generator
Relay box
Call repeater relay
Video distributor
Extra Buzzer
Kit of 10 diodes
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 789/2
Ref. 789/3
Ref. 789/51
Ref. 788/51
Ref. 788/52
Ref. 1794/4A
Ref. 9854/52
Ref. 1131/4
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.014
2
26 −−−− sec.1d
VD.002
VX.001
VX.003
VX.006
VX.007
VX.008
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10.
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-2972D
POWER
SUPPLY (2)
CA
R2
R1
RD
9
1
2
6
R2 R1 R2
in
out
~ ~
R
75
LINE~
(VX.008)
10
9
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
(C4.014)
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 9 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH
POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from the outside with concurrent power-on
G/T2
T6
T5
T4
T3
T2
T1
G/T
-/~
+/~
POWER
SUPPLY
(1)
(VX.007)
CA
R2
R1
RD
1
8
2
6
R2 R1 R2
in
out
~ ~
R
75
LINE~
(VX.008)
10
9
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
(C4.014)
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
G/T2
T6
T5
T4
T3
T2
T1
G/T
-/~
+/~
TO THE
VIDEO R1 RD
DOOR PHONES
6 - 7
TO THE
VIDEO
DOOR PHONES
4 - 5
R1 RD
CA
(VX.007)
R2
R1
RD
3
1
2
6
R2 R1 R2
in
out
~ ~
10
9
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
LINE~
(VX.008)
POWER
SUPPLY
(1)
(C4.014)
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
G/T2
T6
T5
T4
T3
T2
T1
G/T
-/~
+/~
CA
RD
R1
R2
1
2
2
6
R
75
10
9
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
(C4.014)
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
G/T2
T6
T5
T4
T3
T2
T1
G/T
-/~
+/~
CA
RD
R1
R2
1
2
6
(C4.014)
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
G/T2
T6
T5
T4
T3
T2
T1
G/T
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
U5 U4 U3 U2 U1
R1
R2
-/~
+/~
47
3W
E
(VX.008)
LINE~
R1
R1
Name tag
lighting
TC
~
SE
2
+ + 1
6 TC /~
6
J
CALL
REPEATER
RELAY
S3
2
12~
S1
~ ~ 2 15 11
C2 C1 12
0
6
7
8
U1
G/T
SN1
L
1
+
2
1A
V5
V3
R1
+TC
SE ~ ~ PS 1 12 0 6
AP
(C4.006)
~12
~0
~0
~12
~0
~12
(VD.002)
R2
~
IMPEDANCE
GENERATOR
POWER
SUPPLY
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
(VX.001)
1
10
9
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
SN2
1
14
5
3
13
4
Lock
Release
10
RELAY
BOX
ELECTRIC
LOCK
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 27
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH
POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 2 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNITS
The video outdoor stations call the video door phones in parallel with concurrent
power-on
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The 3 video door phones perform the intercom service and can be
called at the same time in parallel by one of the two video outdoor
stations.
Switching to the three services is automatic and is assured during the
call phase by a relay device.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-3257A:
When the intercom service is activated, listening to the conversation
from the loudspeaking units of the video outdoor stations is excluded.
If a call is made from the one of the two video outdoor stations during
an intercom conversation, all the video door phones are automatically
switched to the entrance from which the call has been sent.
Therefore, concurrent communication with the 2 video outdoor stations
is not possible in that either one or the other of these operates
alternatively, in mutual exclusion.
Extra buzzers are used for the intercom calls while for those of the
video outdoor stations, the two-tone electronic call is sent to the
loudspeaker of the handset of the video door phone concerned.
When the video door phones are called in parallel by the one of the two
video outdoor stations, they switch on at the same time. At the end of
the conversation, only the electric lock of the entrance concerned is
released pressing the key
.
Viewing lasts approximately 60 seconds, after which it is interrupted
automatically following tripping of the timer incorporate in the power
supply.
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico model
N. 3
Video door phones
N. 3
Bracket
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/90
TC
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. 2
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1745/81
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model
N. 2
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1755/81
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
or
11+coax
725 model
N. 2
Panel with 1 button
N. 2
Amplified door unit
N. 2
Camera
N. 2
Front plate
11+coax
Ref. 725/101
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 725/600
Ref. 725/601
11+coax
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
12+coax
13+coax
or
1128 model
N. 2
Front case for video door unit
N. 2
Door unit with camera
N. 2
Button
N. X
Blank module (*)
Ref. 1728/20-/21
Ref. 1728/80
Ref. 1128/1-/2
Ref. 1128/30-/31
(*) for small button installation only
12+coax
12+coax
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
TC
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
TC
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
2
28 −−−− sec.1d
2
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
N. 3
N. 1
Video power supply
Supplementary power supply
Impedance generator
Relay box (1)
Relay box (2)
Video distributor
Extra Buzzer
Kit of 10 diodes
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 789/2
Ref. 789/51
Ref. 788/54
Ref. 788/52
Ref. 1794/4A
Ref. 9854/52
Ref. 1131/4
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
LINE ~
R1
R2out
R2in
R1
RL
0
R1
RD
SV102-3257A
CA
1
2
6
R
75
230
V4
V5
V3
SUPPLEMENTARY
POWER SUPPLY
(VX.008)
10
9
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
(C4.014)
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH
POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 2 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNITS
The video outdoor stations call the video door phones in parallel with concurrent
power-on
BUZZER -/~
+/~
47
3W
R1
RD
CA
1
2
6
R
75
V4
V5
V3
10
9
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
(C4.014)
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
BUZZER -/~
+/~
47
3W
RD
R1
R2
V4
V5
V3
CA
1
2
6
10
9
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
(C4.014)
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
BUZZER -/~
+/~
47
3W
U2 U1
R1
R2
R1 R2
Name tag
lighting
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
9621
V5 V3
COLUMN
(C4.016)
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
TC
E
U1
G/T
L
1A
2
+
1
SN2
1
2
-6
+6
ELECTRIC
LOCK
(VD.002)
1
2
-6
+6
INPUT B
V5
V3
R1
+TC
~0
~12
SN3
(C4.006)
INPUT C
V5
V3
R1
+TC
V5
V3
R1
+TC
~0
~12
SE
~0
~12
SE
Lock Release
RELAY
BOX(1)
Name tag
lighting
(C4.016)
TC
U1
G/T
L
1A
2
+
1
SN4
1
2
-6
+6
1
2
-6
+6
INPUT A
V5
V3
R1
+TC
~0
~12
(VD.002)
SN1
(C4.006)
ELECTRIC
LOCK
INPUT D
V5
V3
R1
+TC
~0
~12
SE
~0
~12
SE
V5
V3
R1
+TC
VOLTAGE
Lock Release
I
N
H
G
N
D
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
~0 ~A AP ~B ~12 -6 SE +6 +TC R1 C1 C2 C3 C4 R2 -6I -6U
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
(VX.008)
LINE~
C4.014
VD.002
C4.016
VX.003
VX.006
~
~
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T
~0 AP ~12 SE1 -6 SE2 +6 +TC R1 PS R2
VX.008
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
S1 S2 15 14
RELAY
BOX(2)
-6 -J
IMPEDANCE
GENERATOR
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10.
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 29
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
SV102-1469D: CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLEL
TO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE
SV102-1574C: CONNECTION IN PARALLEL OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONE
SV102-1469D
RISING COLUMN
CA
R1
R2
1
V4
V5
V3
2
6
10
9
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
CHIME
12V~
Ref.788/52
RELE'
S1
S3
CA
6
~12
~0
LINE~
R1 R2 COAX
TRANSFORMER
Ref.9000/230
~ ~
12 0
~
~
9621
calls
(VX.008)
SV102-1574C
RISING
COLUMN
CA
R1
R2
1
V4
V5
V3
2
6
10
9
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
CA
1
2
6
10
9
R1 R2 COAX
30 −−−− sec.1d
9 6 2 1 calls
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-0782D
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.789/2
CA
R1
RT
1
V4
V5
V3
2
6
10
9
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
R2 R1 R2
in
out
~
~
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLEL
TO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE
LINE ~
RT
R1
R2
CA
V4
V5
V3
1
2
6
10
9
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
Calls
1
2
6
9
COAX
FROM
RISING
COLUMN
COAX
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
R2
R1
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 31
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 3 VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS IN PARALLEL TO A
SYSTEM WITH VIDEO DOOR UNIT
The video door phones are called at the same time
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The system is particularly suitable to be installed in buildings where
three video door phones belonging to a more complex system with
video door phone unit must be called and switched on at the same time
by one only call button.
Since the video power unit cannot power more than one video door
phone, a supplementary local power unit is needed to power video
door phones 2 and 3.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-2132E:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico model
N. 4
Video door phones
N. 4
Bracket
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/90
or
Artico model
N. 4
Video door phones
N. 4
Bracket
7+coax
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
7+coax
7+2coax
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/90
Supplementary power supply
Video distributor
Door phone power supply
Relay
Ref. 789/3
Ref. 1794/4A
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 788/52
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
VX.001
VX.007
VX.008
8+2coax
10+2coax
7+2coax
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
FROM RISING
COLUMN
32 −−−− sec.1d
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-2132E
R2
R1
RT
V4
V5
V3
SUPPLEMENTARY
POWER SUPPLY
R2
R1
RT
R2 R1 R2
in
out
~
V4
V5
V3
~
LINE~
RT
R1
R2
V4
V5
V3
CA
1
2
6
10
9
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 3 VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS IN PARALLEL TO A
SYSTEM WITH VIDEO DOOR UNIT
The video door phones are called at the same time
CA
1
2
6
10
9
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
CA
1
2
6
10
9
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
calls
1
2
6
9
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
U2 U1
R1 U5
R2
E
(VX.001)
COAX
FROM
RISING
COLUMN
COAX
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
R2
R1
S3
RELAY
CA
6
~ ~
0 12 S1
47
3W
(VX.008)
LINE~
~ ~ PS
0 12
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
~
~
DOOR PHONE
POWER SUPPLY
sec.1d−−−− 33
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS TO A SYSTEM
WITH VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from outside with concurrent power-on
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system is particularly suited for detached houses where the video
door phones provide the intercom service and can also be called at the
same time in parallel by the video outdoor station. Switching from one
service to another is automatic and is assured during the call phase by
a relay device.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-1349E:
When the intercom service is activated, listening to the conversation
from the loudspeaking unit of the video outdoor station is excluded.
The external call from the video door phone system is sent to the video
door phone speaker. The intercom call is sent to the buzzers.
The
and
service keys are used for intercom calls.
When the video door phones are called in parallel by the video outdoor
station, they switch on at the same time. At the end of the conversation,
the electric lock is released pressing the key
.
Viewing lasts approximately 60 seconds, after which it is interrupted
automatically following tripping of the timer incorporate in the power
supply.
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico model
N. 3
Video door phones
N. 3
Bracket
or
Artico model
N. 3
Video door phones
N. 3
Bracket
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/90
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
N. 3
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
11+coax
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/90
Power supply
Supplementary power supply
Video distributor
Extra Buzzer
Kit of 10 diodes
Relay box “B”
Relay box “A”
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 789/3
Ref. 1794/4A
Ref. 9854/52
Ref. 1131/4
Ref. 788/52
Ref. 788/51
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
11+coax
C4.014
VX.006
VX.007
VX.008
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10.
12+2coax
VX.023
VX.034
12+2coax
12+2coax
7+2coax
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
FROM RISING
COLUMN
34 −−−− sec.1d
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-1349E
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
(C4.014)
-/
+/
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
(C4.014)
-/
+/
(VX.006)
(VX.021)
(C4.014)
-/
+/
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS TO A SYSTEM
WITH VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from outside with concurrent power-on
(VX.007)
MAIN~
SUPPLEMENTARY
POWER SUPPLY
RELAY
BOX (A)
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
RELAY
BOX (B)
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
FROM
RISING
COLUMN
LINE~
POWER SUPPLY
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 35
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF N VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Distance between video door phone and video door unit in the range from 300 to
1000 metres
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The system allows the connection between the video door phone unit
and the various video door phones located in the apartments also
when the distance between them is higher than 300 m and lower than
1000m.
When the visitor presses a button on the push button panel, the
bitonal electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door phone
loudspeaker and, after about 7 seconds, the image appears on the
screen.
At this point the user sees the visitor and can answer, if he wishes,
unhooking the handset. At the end of the conversation, the electric lock
can be operated by pressing the key (
).
Vision of the image lasts about 60 seconds, after which the intervention
of the built-in timer in the power supply causes it to go off. If a second
video door phone is called before the end of the 60 seconds, the first
video door phone will automatically go off and the latter comes on. This
feature guarantees secrecy of vision.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-1241D:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/90
or
Artico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/90
TC
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
6+(n-2)+coax
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
7+coax
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1745/80-/81-/82
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
6+(n-1)+coax
or
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1755/80
7+coax
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
6+n+coax
or
9+n+coax
>300m
<1000m
725 model
N. 1
Panel with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
N. 1
Camera
N. 1
Front plate
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 725/600
Ref. 725/601-/602
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels
with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of
Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
TC
or
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
2
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for video door unit
N. 1
Door unit with camera
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
Ref. 1728/20-/21
Ref. 1728/80
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
N. X
N. 1
36 −−−− sec.1d
Video power supply
Supplementary power supply
Video amplifier
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 789/2
Ref. 1090/729
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
TO THE FOLLOWING
VIDEO DOOR PHONES
SV102-1241D
LINE~
(VX.010)
(VX.011)
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF N VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Distance between video door phone and video door unit in the range from 300 to
1000 metres
0
230
R1
R2out
R1
R2in
RL
R1
R2
LINE~
SUPPLEMENTARY
POWER SUPPLY
(VX.008)
CA
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
0
230
CA
R1
R2
SUPPLEMENTARY
POWER SUPPLY
(VX.008)
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULES
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
(VX.008)
0
230
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
LINE~
(VX.008)
PS
1/~
+R
AP
~0
-6
+6
R2
R2
R1
R1
+TC
OUT
(C4.006)
Lock
Release
L
1A
2
+
1
TC
Name tag
lighting
R1
+TC
V3
V5
IN
VIDEO AMPLIFIER
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
R1
R2out
R1
R2in
RL
~0
~12
~12
ELECTRIC
LOCK
SE1
SE2
(VD.002)
LINE~
(VX.008)
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
C4.007
VD.002
C4.008
VX.008
VX.010
VX.011
VX.016
sec.1d−−−− 37
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLOURS VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system allows connection between the video outdoor station and
the various video door phones situated in the apartments. When the
visitor presses a button on the push button panel, the bitonal electronic
call is sent to the corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and,
after about 7 seconds, the image appears on the screen.
At this point the user sees the visitor and can answer, if he wishes,
unhooking the handset. At the end of the conversation, the electric lock
can be operated by pressing the key (
).
Vision of the image lasts about 60 seconds, after which the intervention
of the built-in timer in the power supply causes it to go off. If a second
video door phone is called before the end of the 60 seconds, the first
video door phone will automatically go off and the latter comes on. This
feature guarantees secrecy of vision.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-3063A:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phones
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1702/40
Ref. 1202/90
or
Utopia model
N. X
Video door phones direct vision
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1703/1
Ref. 1703/90
TC
6+(n-2)+coax
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
7+coax
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Module camera
N. 1
Module with door unit
N. 1
Amplified door unit
N. X
Button modules
6+(n-1)+coax
Ref. 1745/40
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 5150/500
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
7+coax
or
K-Steel model
N. 1
Module camera
N. 1
Module with door unit
N. X
Button modules
6+n+coax
Ref. 1755/40
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
TC
9+n+coax
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
2
N. 1
N. 1
Video power supply
Video distributor
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 1794/4A
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.008
VX.010
VD.002
VX.011
VX.003
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
C4.007
VX.008
38 −−−− sec.1d
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-3063A
TO THE FOLLOWING
VIDEO DOOR PHONES
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLOURS VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
(VX.010)
(VX.011)
CA
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
R2
R1
V4
V5
V3
CA
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
R2
R1
V4
V5
V3
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
TO THE FOLLOWING
MODULES
U1
U2
R2
R1
E
U4
U3
U2
U1
U2
U1
G/T
PS
(C4.006)
AP
~0
-6
+6
1/~
~12
+R
SE1
V5
V3
+TC
R1
~
TC
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
Name tag
lighting
Lock Release
+TC
R1
R1
R2
R2
SE2
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
~0
~12
(VD.002)
ELECTRIC
LOCK
(VX.008)
LINE~
~
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
VIDEO
POWER
SUPPLY
L
1A
2
+
1
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
sec.1d−−−− 39
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Door open indicator on video door phones
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The system provides an open door monitoring service, in addition to
providing a connection between the video door unit and the various
colour video door phone in the apartments following a call.
An indicator LED lights up on all video door phones when the entrance
door is open.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-3228A:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
EXAMPLE “A”
Utopia model
N. 1
Video door phones direct vision
N. 1
Bracket
Ref. 1703/1
Ref. 1704/90
or
10+coax
"B"
EXAMPLE “B”
Atlantico model
N. 1
Video door phones
N. 1
Bracket
Ref. 1702/40
Ref. 1702/86
Utopia free-hands model
N. 1
Video door phones direct vision
N. 1
Bracket
Ref. 1703/2
Ref. 1703/91
TC
10+coax
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
"A"
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Module camera
N. 1
Module with door unit
N. 1
Amplified door unit
N. X
Button modules
8+n+coax
(NOTE *)
10+coax
Ref. 1745/40
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 5150/500
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model
N. 1
Module camera
N. 1
Module with door unit
N. X
Button modules
8+n+coax
(NOTE *)
Ref. 1755/40
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
TC
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
13+n+coax
4
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
Video power supply
Supplementary power supply
Relay box
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 1090/850
Ref. 788/52
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007
VX.003
VX.011
C4.008
VX.006
VX.012
VD.002
VX.008
VX.014
VX.010
VX.015
NOTE *: add 1 optional conductor for the video door phone
autoinsertion (with the Utopia free-hands video door phone is
possible also the fonic autoinsertion).
40 −−−− sec.1d
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-3228
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DOOR PHONES
(VX.011)
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
Door open indicator on video door phones
CA
R1
R2
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
"B"
R
AP
+
T6
//
//
T1
G/T
(VX.006)
CA
R1
R2
1
2
6
9
10
AP
+
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
"A"
CA
R1
R2
1
2
6
9
10
AP
+
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
(VX.012)
NOTE *
RELAY
BOX
NOTE *
14
15
S1
S2
POWER SUPPLY
(C4.007) (C4.008)
230
LINE ~
U4
U3
U2
U1
0
(VX.008)
(VX.015)
P2
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
P1
+12
GND
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
NOTA *
1/~
R2
PS
~12
+R
SE1
AP
~0
-6
+6
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
Name tag
lighting
(C4.006)
TC
L
1A
2
+
1
(VX.010)
R1
+TC
V3
V5
R2
R1
SE3
SE2
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
(VX.008)
~12
~0
ELECTRIC
LOCK
~
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Lock Release
R1
+TC
(VD.002)
DOOR OPEN
NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT
LINE~
~
Name tag
lighting
~12
~0
~
(VX.014)
~
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
LINE~
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 41
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS UTOPIA COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1
VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND TO 1 DOOR UNIT
FUNCTION
This type of system is used to connect a video door phone column to
an automatically switching video door unit or door unit.
A two-tone electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door
phone speaker when a call button is pressed on either of the two
panels; the picture appears on the screen after approximately seven
seconds if the call was made by the video door unit.
The video door phone monitor will be blank and will work as a regular
free-hands door phone if the call is received from the door unit.
Press
at the end of the call to open the concerned door electrical
lock only.
K-Steel model
N. 1
Module camera
N. 1
Module with door unit
N. X
Button modules
Ref. 1755/40
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Amplified door unit
7+coax
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
6+coax+(n-2)
or
7+coax
K-Steel model
N. 1
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
6+coax+(n-1)
7+coax
or
725 model
N. 1
Panels with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
6+coax+n
TC
11+n
+coax
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate
Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
- product technical manual.
9+n
or
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-3227:
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for door unit
N. 1
Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Utopia free-hands model
N. 1
Video door phones direct vision
N. 1
Bracket
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
TC
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Module camera
N. 1
Module with door unit
N. 1
Amplified door unit
N. X
Button modules
Ref. 1745/40
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
42 −−−− sec.1d
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
Ref. 1703/2
Ref. 1703/91
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
Video power supply
Relay box
Video distributor
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 788/51
Ref. 1794/4A
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007
VX.014
C4.008
C4.016
VD.002
VX.008
VX.010
VX.011
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-3227
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DOOR PHONES
(VX.011)
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS UTOPIA COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1
VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND TO 1 DOOR UNIT
CA
R1
R2
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
CA
R1
R2
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
(VX.010)
CA
R1
R2
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
U1
U2
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
R2
R1 E
LINE ~
R1 R2
~
~
R2 + R1
R
AP - + ~ ~ SE + SE
6 6 12 0 2 TC 1
1 PS
/
~
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
(VX.008)
11
8
~0
~12
1
3
(C4.007) (C4.008)
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
Name tag
lighting
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
14
5
2
C1
(C4.007) (C4.008)
C2
U4
U3
U2
U1
U4
U3
U2
U1
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
SN2
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
SN1
(C4.006)
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
Name tag
lighting
(C4.006)
TC
~12
~0
R1
V5
V3
+TC
6
15
4
13
12
10
L
1A
2
+
1
(C4.016)
RELAY
BOX
(C4.016)
Lock Release
Lock Release
(VD.002)
9
Name tag
lighting
ELECTRIC
LOCK
7
ELECTRIC
LOCK
~12
~0
~
(VX.014)
~
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
MAIN ~
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 43
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
L
1A
2
+
1
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNS TO 1
MAIN VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Each column is additionally connected to a specific secondary door unit
FUNCTION
This system is particularly suitable for residential properties where it is
necessary to connect the single villas to a proper video outdoor station
and to a common one located at the main entry.
During calling the video door phone is automatically switched on the
main video outdoor station or to the secondary one of its own group, by
means of the switching relay. The services for secondary video outdoor
stations are independent, so that they be realized simultaneously.
When the call is coming from the main video outdoor station, only the
group of the called video door phone is switched on it, the other ones
continue to service towards the secondary.
7+
coax
K-Steel model
N. 1
Module camera
N. 1
Module with door unit
N. X
Button modules
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Amplified door unit
7+
coax
6+n+coax
6+n+coax
6+n+coax
6+n+coax
or
K-Steel model
N. 1
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit
9+n
8+n+coax
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
9+n
8+n+
coax
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
7+
coax
7+
coax
Ref. 1755/40
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
8+n+coax
10+coax+
K(n+1)
or
2
725 model
N. 1
Panels with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
TC
Mod. 725
Ref. 1128/500
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate
Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
- product technical manual.
2
K= number of columns
or
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-3235:
1128 model
N. 1
Front case for door unit
N. 1
Door unit
N. X
Front case
N. X
Button
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel
Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
product technical manual.
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Utopia free-hands model
N. 1
Video door phones direct vision
N. 1
Bracket
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Ref. 1128/20-/21
Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 1128/10-/11
Ref. 1128/1-/2
Ref. 1703/2
Ref. 1703/91
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
TC
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Module camera
N. 1
Module with door unit
N. 1
Amplified door unit
N. X
Button modules
Ref. 1745/40
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
44 −−−− sec.1d
N. K+1 Video power supply
N. K
Relay box
N. 1
Video distributor
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 788/51
Ref. 1794/4A
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007
VX.001
C4.008
VX.002
C4.017
VX.003
VD.002
VX.008
VX.014
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-3235
1st COLUMN
2nd COLUMN
(VX.011)
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNS TO 1
MAIN VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Each column is additionally connected to a specific secondary door unit
CA
R1
R2
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
CA
R1
R2
1
2
6
9
10
X1
X2
Y1
Y2
R3
V4
V5
V3
(VX.010)
RELAY
BOX
(C4.007) (C4.008)
14
8
52
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
SN1
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
SN2
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
CONNECTION AS 1ST
GROUP
Name tag
lighting
(C4.006)
1
4
L
1A
2
+
1
3
6
7
13
C1
~ ~
12 11 10 12 0 C2 9
15
Lock Release
ELECTRIC
LOCK
Name tag
lighting
SN1
(VX.014)
LINE ~
1
LINE~
4
-6
7
(C4.007)
~
R1 R2
+TC R1 R2 SE1 ~12 ~0 PS AP -6 +6 SE2
(C4.008)
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
POWER SUPPLY
FOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
(VX.008)
~ ~
12
~
R1
13
C1
~
Coax
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
U1
R1
R2
U2
Coax
U3
U4
E
Calls
TC
SN1
1
1A
2
+
L
1
4
-6
7
Common
V5
V3
+TC
R1
~0
~12
R1
13
C1
(VD.002)
Lock
Release
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Name tag
lighting
TO THE FOLLOWING
COLUMN
~
Name tag
lighting
(VX.014)
ELECTRIC LOCK
LINE ~
LINE~
~
~
~0 SE2 R1 +TC +6 -6 AP R1 R2 PS ~12
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
(VX.002) (VX.008)
SE1
~ ~
12
~
~
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 45
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM UTOPIA VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY
OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system is particularly suited for detached houses where the video
door phones provide the intercom service and can also be called at the
same time by the video outdoor station. Switching from one service to
another is automatic and is assured during the call phase by a relay
device.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-3219:
When the intercom service is activated, listening to the conversation
from the loudspeaking unit of the video outdoor station is excluded.
If a call is made from the video outdoor station during an intercom
conversation, all the video door phones are automatically switched to
the outside.
The
and
service keys are used for intercom calls.
When the video door phones are called in parallel by the video outdoor
station, they switch on at the same time. At the end of the conversation,
the electric lock is released pressing the key
.
Viewing lasts approximately 60 seconds, after which it is interrupted
automatically following tripping of the timer incorporate in the power
supply.
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Utopia model
N. 3
Video door phones
N. 3
Bracket
Ref. 1703/1
Ref. 1703/90
TC
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
N. 1
Button modules
Ref. 1745/41
Ref. 1145/12
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model
N. 1
Module camera
N. 1
Module with door unit
N. X
Button modules
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
12+coax
12+coax
Ref. 1755/40
Ref. 1155/20
Ref. 1155/13A
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
Video power supply
Door phone power supply with relay
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 786/15
12+coax
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
12+coax
12+2coax
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T
VD.002
VX.003
VX.008
VX.014
VX.031
10+coax
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
TC
2
46 −−−− sec.1d
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-3219
CA
R1
R2
RD
1
2
6
10
9
Y1
Y2
X1
X2
Z1
Z2
R3
V4
V5
V3
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM UTOPIA VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY
OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
"3"
(VX.031)
CA
R1
R2
RD
1
2
6
10
9
Y1
Y2
X1
X2
Z1
Z2
R3
V4
V5
V3
"2"
(VX.031)
CA
R1
R2
RD
1
2
6
10
9
Y1
Y2
X1
X2
Z1
Z2
R3
V4
V5
V3
"1"
(VX.031)
LINE ~
~0 ~12 SE1 R1
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
(VX.008)
R1+TC SE2 ~
~
AP -6 +6 R2 1 PS
/
~
5
2
7
SN1
Name tag
lighting
C2
~0
8
Name tag
lighting
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
U1
U2
U3
G/T
L
+
1A
2
1
TC
~0
~12
SN2
1
+
(C4.006)
6
3
C1
~12
PS2
V5
V3
R1
+TC
0
LINE ~
230
Lock Release
(VD.002)
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
WITH RELAY
(VX.008)
ELECTRIC
LOCK
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 47
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
9
4
PS
-J
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 2 INTERCOM UTOPIA VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY
OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from outside with concurrent power-on
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system is particularly suited for detached houses where the video
door phones provide the intercom service and can also be called at the
same time in parallel by the video outdoor station. Switching from one
service to another is automatic and is assured during the call phase by
a relay device.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-3220:
When the intercom service is activated, listening to the conversation
from the loudspeaking unit of the video outdoor station is excluded.
If a call is made from the video outdoor station during an intercom
conversation, all the video door phones are automatically switched to
the outside.
The
and
service keys are used for intercom calls.
When the video door phones are called in parallel by the video outdoor
station, they switch on at the same time. At the end of the conversation,
the electric lock is released pressing the key
.
Viewing lasts approximately 60 seconds, after which it is interrupted
automatically following tripping of the timer incorporate in the power
supply.
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Utopia model
N. 2
Video door phones
N. 2
Bracket
Ref. 1703/1
Ref. 1703/90
TC
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
Ref. 1745/41
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model
N. 1
Module with camera
Ref. 1755/41
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
10+coax
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
11+coax
Video power supply
Door phone power supply with relay
Kit of 10 diodes
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 786/15
Ref. 1131/4
DIAGRAM NOTES
8+coax
(see section 1)
C4.006
Sinthesi models only:
Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.014
VD.002
VX.003
VX.008
VX.014
VX.031
12+coax
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
TC
2
48 −−−− sec.1d
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-3220
R3
Z1
Z2
CA
R2
R1
RD
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 2 INTERCOM UTOPIA VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY
OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from outside with concurrent power-on
1
2
6
10
9
Y1
Y2
X1
X2
V4
V5
V3
"2"
(C4.014) (VX.031)
R3
Z1
Z2
CA
RD
R1
R2
1
2
6
10
9
Y1
Y2
X1
X2
V4
V5
V3
"1"
(C4.014) (VX.031)
LINE ~
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
~0 ~12 SE1 R1
R1+TC SE2 ~
~
AP -6 +6 R2 1 PS
/
~
(VX.008)
Name tag
lighting
5
2
7
SN1
C2
~0
8
~0
~12
U1
G/T
L
+
1A
2
1
TC
~0
~12
SN2
1
+
(C4.006)
6
3
C1
~12
PS2
V5
V3
R1
+TC
0
LINE ~
230
Lock Release
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
WITH RELAY
(VD.002)
(VX.008)
ELECTRIC
LOCK
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 49
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Name tag
lighting
9
4
PS
-J
50 −−−− sec.1d
TC
TC
CONNECTION WITH DISTRIBUTION
TO THE FLOORS
TC
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
Power supply
Ref.789/5B
(Max. 10
distributors)
CONNECTION WITH DISTRIBUTION AT RISER BEGINNING
In each riser the cable goes in and
comes out from each video door phone
SEVERAL RISER
Power supply
Ref.789/5B
(Max. 10
distributors) Video power unit Ref. 789/5B can power up to 10
video distributors Ref. 1794/4A if Atlantico, or Scaitel
video door phones are not connected in parallel. Use
two additional wires in the system and other power
units Ref. 789/2 (one for each next group of 20) to
install more distributors.
With distributor in which the U5 output is used it is
necessary to remove the 75 Ohm resistance
Note: if on the video door phone terminals V4 and
(mounted raised from the PCB) .
V5 there is not the coaxial cable connect the
75Ω 1/4W resistance.
SERIES CONNECTION
The cable goes in and
mes out from each video door phone
ONE RISER
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
EXAMPLES OF COAXIAL CABLE CONNECTION
SV102-3294
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
TC
Power supply
Ref.789/5B
(Max. 10
distributors)
sec.1d−−−− 51
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
Note: if on the video door phone terminals V4 and
V5 there is not the coaxial cable connect the
75Ω 1/4W resistance.
SV102-3295
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Video power unit Ref. 789/5B can power up to 10
video distributors Ref. 1794/4A if Atlantico, or Scaitel
monitors are not connected in parallel. Use two
additional wires in the system and other power units
Ref. 789/2 (one for each next group of 20) to install
more distributors.
With distributor in which the U5 output is used it is
necessary to remove the 75 Ohm resistance
(mounted raised from the PCB)
IN EACH RISER THE CABLE CONNECTION IS MADE WITH DISTRIBUTION TO THE FLOORS
SEVERAL RISER
EXAMPLES OF COAXIAL CABLE CONNECTION
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
EXAMPLES OF COAXIAL CABLE CONNECTION
SV102-3296A
SEVERAL COLUMNS
I COLUMN
II COLUMN
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
Ref.1794/4A
II GROUP
DISTRIBUTOR
II GROUP
DISTRIBUTOR
TO THE FOLLOWING
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
MAIN~
I GROUP
DISTRIBUTOR
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
MAIN~
52 −−−− sec.1d
TO THE FOLLOWING
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
SUPPLEMENTARY
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.789/2
I GROUP
DISTRIBUTOR
TO THE FOLLOWING
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
Video power unit Ref. 789/5B can
power up to 10 video distributors
Ref. 1794/4A if Atlantico, or Scaitel
monitors are not connected in
parallel. Use two additional wires in
the system and other power units
Ref. 789/2 (one for each next group
of 20) to install more distributors.
With distributor in which the U5
output is used it is necessary to
remove the 75 Ohm resistance
(mounted raised from the PCB)
TO THE FOLLOWING COLUMNS
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
Ref.1794/4A
MAIN~
SUPPLEMENTARY
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.789/2
TO THE FOLLOWING
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
SUPPLEMENTARY
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.789/2
MAIN~
SUPPLEMENTARY
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.789/2
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
Ref.1794/4A
(VX.001)
TC
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.789/5B
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-3229A
CAMERA
Vision
Ref.
Risolution
(line)
1090/108
380
Power
voltage
12 Vcc
(VX.032)
1090/141
>380
1090/142
>380
B/W
COLOUR
230 Vca
Power supply
adviced
Ref.
1840/44
Example
of
connection
1
1090/850 or
1090/849
1840/44
1090/850 or
1090/849
- -
2
1
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
EXAMPLE OF CONNECTION TVCC CAMERE OR MICROCAMERA
1
2
3
1092/001A
420
12 Vcc
(VX.033)
1092/002A
1090/122
1090/215
420
420
380
230 Vca
230 Vca
230 Vca
1840/44
1090/850 or
1090/849
- - - -
1090/241
350
12 Vcc
(VX.032)
1840/44
1090/849
1
2
1090/243
350
230 Vca
- -
3
2
3
3
3
NOTE: For optics, bracket, custody see the TVCC technical manual.
MICROCAMERA
Use
Ref.
Risolution
(line)
1090/117
>420
1090/185
420
1090/187
>420
1090/189
>420
1090/191
420
1090/194
420
1090/188
300
Power
voltage
Internal
B/W
12Vdc
(VX.032)
External
Internal
12Vdc
(VX.032)
COLOUR
External
1090/198
380
Example 1
Power supply
adviced
Ref.
1840/44
1090/850 or
1090/849
1840/44
1090/850 or
1090/849
1840/44
1090/850 or
1090/849
1840/44
Accessories
Ref.
1090/840
1090/840 only
for 1090/850
1090/840
1090/840 only
for 1090/850
1090/840
1090/840 only
for 1090/850
1090/840
1090/850 or
1090/849
1090/849
1840/44
1090/850 or
1090/849
1840/44
1090/850 or
1090/849
1840/44
1090/849
1090/840 only
for 1090/850
- 1090/840
1090/840 only
for 1090/850
1090/840
1090/840 only
for 1090/850
1090/840
- -
Example
of
connection
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
Example 2
Coax
R1
+TC
ne
bi/ne
Coax
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Vision
-+
12
+ - R1 +TC
12
POWER SUPPLY
(VX.008)
VOLTAGE ADAPTER
Line~
Example 3
Coax
Line~
(VX.008)
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1d−−−− 53
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
54 −−−− sec.1d
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
SECTION 1E
(REV.D)
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
5-WIRE ELECTRONIC
VIDEO DOOR PHONE
SYSTEMS
Download from:
www.urmetdomus.com
Technical Manuals area
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1e−−−− 1
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1E
SECTION 1E CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
Diagram
Sec.
Pag.
BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR 5-WIRE ELECTRONIC DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT.................................................... SV102-3147B ..............1e ................ 2
CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT ...................................................... SV102-2082C ..............1e ................ 4
CONNECTION OF 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT.................................................... SV102-2081B ..............1e ................ 5
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION......................... SV102-2633H .............1e ................ 6
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel) ................................................................ SV102-2902G ..............1e ................ 8
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. 725) ................................................................................................. SV102-2913B ..............1e ............. 10
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel) ................................................................. SV102-3092D ..............1e ............. 12
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. 725) .................................................................................................. SV102-2806F ..............1e ............. 14
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND 1 DOOR UNIT
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi o K-Steel)............................................................................ SV102-3121C ..............1e ............. 16
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL SETS OF VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own secondary video outdoor station
(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel) .................................................................................................................... SV102-3060B ..............1e ............. 18
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL SETS OF VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station
(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel) ..................................................................................................................... SV102-3094D ..............1e ............. 20
CONNECTION OF 4 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
The video door unit calls the 4 video door phones in parallel with switch-on at the same time ..................... SV102-3166C ............. 1e ............. 22
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
(Mod. Sinthesi) ............................................................................................................................................... SV102-3122E ..............1e ............. 24
CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONE
TO 1 RISING COLUMN. SINGLE CALLS ........................................................................................................ SV102-3239 ..............1e ........... 26
CONNECTION OF ONE DOOR PHONE IN PARALLEL TO 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE ............................... SV102-1710D ..............1e ........... 26
CONNECTION OF TWO VIDEO DOOR PHONES IN PARALLEL ............................................................... SV102-1712F ..............1e ........... 26
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY Ref. 788/52 FOR OPERATING ADDITIONAL RINGER... SV102-1470C ..............1e ............. 27
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY Ref. 788/22 FOR OPERATING ADDITIONAL RINGER......SV102-3240 ..............1e ............. 27
EXAMPLE OF CONNECTION FOR RELEASING DOOR LOCK
DURING A CALL BY THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE ...........................................................................................SV102-3238 ..............1e ............. 27
EXAMPLE OF SIGNAL A, SIGNAL B AND POWER (R1, R2)
DISTRIBUTION ON SEVERAL COLUMNS ................................................................................................... SV102-2978C ..............1e ............. 28
I −−−− sec.1e
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
5-WIRE VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM DIAGRAM CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
LIST OF AVAILABLE FUNCTIONS
Panel model
Number of main video door phone panels to be installed
Number of video door phone secondary panels to be installed
Number of main door phone panels to be installed
Number of secondary door phone panels to be installed
Single calls from panel: each user has its own call button
Calls from panel in parallel: each user has several video door phones in the apartment
Use of devices in parallel with a video door phone
Use of some door phones for audio service only
Colour camera
Possibility of opening door during call
Use of kits
DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION
Smyle
1
√ COLLEGAMENTO DI MAX 2 VIDEOCITOFONI AD 1 VIDEOPORTIERE ELETTRICO SV102-3147B
2
0 0 0 √
√ COLLEGAMENTO DI 1 VIDEOCITOFONO AD 1 VIDEOPORTIERE ELETTRICO
SV102-2082C
4
√ COLLEGAMENTO DI 2 VIDEOCITOFONI AD 1 VIDEOPORTIERE ELETTRICO
SV102-2081B
5
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION SV102-2633H
6
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
1 0 0 0 √
Generic
0 0 0 √
Sinthesi
0 0 0 √
SV102-3122E
24
22
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL SETS OF VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station
SV102-3094D
20
0 1 0 √
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT
AND 1 DOOR UNIT
Automatic switching during calls
SV102-3121C
16
K 1 0 √
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL SETS OF VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own secondary video outdoor station
SV102-3060B
18
0 0 0 √
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
SV102-2902G
Automatic switching during calls
8
0 0 0 √
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
SV102-2913B
Automatic switching during calls
10
0 0 0 √
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
SV102-3092D
Automatic switching during calls
12
0 0 0 √
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
SV102-2806F
Automatic switching during calls
14
CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONE
TO 1 RISING COLUMN. SINGLE CALLS
0 0 0
Sinthesi or
K-Steel
1 0 0 K √
Sinthesi or
K-Steel
725
√
2
725
Sinthesi or
K-Steel
√
CONNECTION OF 4 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
The video door unit calls the 4 video door phones in parallel with switch-on at the same time SV102-3166C
Sinthesi or
K-Steel
Sinthesi or
K-Steel
PAG
0 0 0 √
Sinthesi
Sinthesi or
K-Steel
DIAGRAM
4
√
√
SV102-3239
26
SV102-1712F
26
CONNECTION OF ONE DOOR PHONE IN PARALLEL TO 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE SV102-1710D
26
√
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY Ref. 788/52
FOR OPERATING ADDITIONAL RINGER
SV102-1470C
27
√
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY Ref. 788/22
FOR OPERATING ADDITIONAL RINGER
SV102-3240
27
EXAMPLE OF CONNECTION FOR RELEASING DOOR LOCK
DURING A CALL BY THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE
SV102-3238
27
√
CONNECTION OF TWO VIDEO DOOR PHONES IN PARALLEL
√
√
√
K = number of columns with panel
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1e −−−− II
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 1E
SECTION 1E CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The system can be used to connect the video door unit to various
video door phones fitted in apartments.
When a visitor presses a button on the panel, a two-tone electronic call
signal is sent to the corresponding video door phone speaker and the
image appears on the screen a few seconds later.
At this point, the user can see the visitor and reply by picking up the
handset.
All video door phones are normally deactivated (no sound is heard
when the handset is picked up); only the video door phone called from
the door can start the conversation. No other users can cut into the
call.
The voice circuit of the called video door phone remains activate until
the following call is made from the panel to another device.
The door opening function is connected to conversation privacy; this
means that a user must be called to be able to open the electrical
lock.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-3147B:
“5-WIRE” VIDEO DOOR PHONE KIT DIAGRAMS
N. 1
N. 1
(*)
5
N. 1
7
6
TC
10
N. 1
2
One-family kit (1 button)
with Atlantico video door phone
Ref. 1702/601
consisting of:
• Sinthesi camera with integrated door unit and 1 calling
button Ref. 1745/21
• 1 Atlantico video door phone Ref. 1702/1 with bracket
Ref. 1202/955
• Flush-mounting box for 2 modules Ref. 1145/52
• Module holder with frame for 2 modules Ref. 1145/62
• Power unit 230Vac-38VA, 10 DIN modules Ref. 789/5B
or
One-family kit (1 button)
with Artico video door phone
Ref. 1705/601
consisting of:
• Sinthesi camera with integrated door unit and 1 calling
button Ref. 1745/21
• 1 Artico video door phoneRef. 1705/1 with bracket
Ref. 1705/955
• Flush-mounting box for 2 modules Ref. 1145/52
• Module holder with frame for 2 modules Ref. 1145/62
• Power unit 230Vac-38VA, 10 DIN modules Ref. 789/5B
or
Two-family kit (2 buttons)
with Atlantico video door phone
Ref. 1702/602
consisting of:
• Sinthesi camera with integrated door unit and 2 calling
buttons Ref. 1745/22
• 2 Atlantico video door phones Ref. 1702/1 with bracket
Ref. 1202/955
• Flush-mounting box for 2 modules Ref. 1145/52
• Module holder with frame for 2 modules Ref. 1145/62
• Power unit 230Vac-38VA, 10 DIN modules Ref. 789/5B
or
Two-family kit (2 buttons)
with Artico video door phone
Ref. 1705/602
consisting of:
• Sinthesi camera with integrated door unit and 2 calling
buttons Ref. 1745/22
• 2 Artico video door phones Ref. 1705/1 with bracket
Ref. 1705/955
• Flush-mounting box for 2 modules Ref. 1145/52
• Module holder with frame for 2 modules Ref. 1145/62
• Power unit 230Vac-38VA, 10 DIN modules Ref. 789/5B
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
V5.001
V5.006
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
(*) For two-family kits only
2 −−−− sec.1e
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-3147B
(*)
R1
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT
R2
B
A
CA
(V5.006)
R1
R2
A
B
CA
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
TC
C1
C2
CAMERA UNIT
WITH DOOR UNIT
AND 2 BUTTONS
+R
-6
+6
G/T
3
PS
4
5
F
SN
1/~
1/~
~
SE
AP
R1
R2
PS
1/~
~0
~12
SE2
B
A
R1
+TC
R1
+TC
SE1
R2
Lock Release
0
MAIN~
230
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
ELECTRIC LOCK
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1e−−−− 3
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The system can be used to connect the video door unit to the video
door phone fitted in the apartment.
When a visitor presses a button on the panel, a two-tone electronic call
signal is sent to the corresponding video door phone speaker and the
image appears on the screen a few seconds later.
At this point, the user can see the visitor and reply by picking up the
handset.
The door opening function is connected to conversation privacy; this
means that a user must be called to be able to open the electrical
lock.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-2082C:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 1
One-family kit
(1 button)
Ref. 956/31
consisting of:
• Smyle panel with camera and 1 button with built-in door
unit.
• 1 Artico video door phone with bracket
• Power unit 110-230Vac 38VA, 7 DIN modules
DIAGRAM NOTES
6
(see section 1)
V5.007
V5.011
TC
4
2
SV102-2082C
(V5.011)
R3
POWER SUPPLY
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
MAIN~
TC
Lock
Release
ELECTRIC LOCK
4 −−−− sec.1e
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The system can be used to connect the video door unit to the video
door phone fitted in the apartment.
When a visitor presses a button on the panel, a two-tone electronic call
signal is sent to the corresponding video door phone speaker and the
image appears on the screen a few seconds later.
At this point, the user can see the visitor and reply by picking up the
handset.
The door opening function is connected to conversation privacy; this
means that a user must be called to be able to open the electrical
lock.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-2081B:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE KIT DIAGRAMS
N. 1
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Two-family kit
(2 buttons)
Ref. 956/32
consisting of:
• Smyle panel with camera and 2 buttons with built-in door
unit.
• 2 Artico video door phones with bracket
• Power unit 110-230Vac 38VA, 7 DIN modules
6
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
8
V5.007
V5.011
7
TC
4
2
(V5.011)
R3
SV102-2081B
2
(V5.006)
(V5.011)
R3
1
POWER SUPPLY
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
MAIN~
TC
Lock
Release
ELECTRIC LOCK
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1e−−−− 5
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE
TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The 5-wire video door phone system implements conversation privacy,
call and door opener functions in normal door phone systems with only
5 wires in the riser column: 4 commons + 1 single for each device.
The door unit is powered with only two wires and a transformer at
12V~.
The most interesting application of a 5-wire system is in old buildings
where a door phone system is already fitted. The existing system can
be transformed into a video door phone system without adding wires
to the column or in the apartments.
Specific conversation privacy circuits must be fitted in the panel for
ensuring conversation privacy for all video door phones in the system
(one for each button). All video door phones are normally deactivated
(no sound is heard when the handset is picked up); only the video door
phone called from the door can start the conversation. No other users
can cut into the call.
The voice circuit of the called video door phone remains activate until
the following call is made from the panel to another device.
The door opening function is connected to conversation privacy; this
means that a user must be called to be able to open the electrical
lock.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-2633H:
2 x 82Ω 1/4W
5
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phone
N. X
Bracket
or
Artico model
N. X
Video door phone
N. X
Bracket
TC
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
N. X
Button modules
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
4+n
5
5
or
K-Steel model
N. 1
Module camera
N. 1
Module with door unit
N. X
Button modules
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
5
Ref. 1755/30A
Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32A
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
5
4+n
or
TC
2
Ref. 1745/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
5
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/955
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
5
5
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/955
10+n
725 model
N. 1
Panel with N buttons
N. 1
Amplified door unit
N. 1
Camera
N. 1
Video adapter
N. 1
Front plate
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
Mod. 725
Ref. 1035/67
Ref. 725/600
Ref. 1742/13A
Ref. 725/601-/602
Ref. 1035/25
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate
Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
- product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
Video power supply
Video distributor
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 955/40
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.007
V5.001
6 −−−− sec.1e
C4.008
VU.002
C4.018
VX.006
CU.009
VX.008
VD.002
VX.014
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-2633H
2 x 82
AB
1/4W
R2R1
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
III
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
II
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE
TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
A
B
IV
I
Input
AB
R2 R1
AB
R2R1
TO THE FOLLOWING
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
A
B
III
II
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
A
B
IV
I
Input
To the
following
To the following
conversation
module
privacy device
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
BUTTON MODULE
Name tag
lighting
(VX.006)
TC
To the
following
conversation
privacy
device
(C4.018)
PS
4
3
SN
5
1/~
~
2
(CU.009)
Camera
+
Adapter
41
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
C2
C1
C2
C1
~12
~0
PS
3
G/T
F
5
4
SN
1
1/~
~
2
G/T
F
5
4
SN
1/~
1/~
~
SE
A
B
R1
+TC
A
B
R1
+TC
~12
~0
41
(VX.006)
-6
+6
AP
R1
R2
+R
PS
PS
1/~
~0
~12
SE2
(VX.008)
~
LINE~
~
Lock
Release
(VD.002)
ELECTRIC LOCK
Name tag
lighting
~0
~12
~
LINE~
Mod.725
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
SE1
R2
R1
+TC
A
B
R1
+TC
K-Steel Sinthesi
(VU.002)
ELECTRIC LOCK
C4
C3
C2
C1
Name tag
lighting
14
P. E.
R2 R1
Mod. K-Steel/Sinthesi
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
(VX.014)
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
~
sec.1e−−−− 7
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
41
AB
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system allows the connection of a column of video door phones
to 2 video outdoor stations with automatic switching.
When a visitor presses a call button on one of the two push button
panels, in the called apartment the bitonal electronic call is sent to the
corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and the image appears
on the screen after about 8 seconds.
During this phase, the relay box automatically inserts the relative
loudspeaking unit and TV camera, excluding the other video outdoor
station from the service.
At this point, the user sees the visitor and may respond, if desired,
lifting the handset. At the end of the call, only the electric lock of the
entrance concerned is activated pressing the key
.
If, during a conversation, a call is made from the other push button
panel towards another video door phone, the first will automatically
switch off and the last video door phone called will be activated. It
is not possible therefore to communicate with the 2 video outdoor
stations at the same time in that they operate alternatively and are
mutually exclusive.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-2902G:
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phone
N. X
Bracket
or
Artico model
N. X
Video door phone
N. X
Bracket
TC
5
or
K-Steel model
N. 2
Module camera
N. 2
Module with door unit
N. X
Button modules
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
4+n
5
Ref. 1755/30A
Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32A
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
5
Ref. 1745/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
5
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/955
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
5
5
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/955
Sinthesi model
N. 2
Module with camera and door unit
N. X
Button modules
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
2 x 82Ω 1/4W
5
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
5
4+n
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
N. X
TC
2
Video power supply
Transformer
Relay box
Video distributor
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 9000/230
Ref. 788/51
Ref. 955/40
TC
13+n
14+n
2
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.007
VD.002
C4.008
VX.006
C4.016
VX.008
C4.018
VX.014
CU.009
V5.001
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):
a) PS - G/T
b) 4 - F
8 −−−− sec.1e
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-2902G
COLUMN
2 x 82
AB
1/4W
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
R2 R1
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
III
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
IV
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
I
II
A
B
Input
AB
R2 R1
AB
R2 R1
TO THE FOLLOWING
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
III
A
B
CA
IV
A
B
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
I
II
A
B
Input
R2 R1
To the following
conversation
privacy device
To the following
module
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
BUTTON MODULE
CONVERSATION
PRIVACY DEVICE
(VX.006)
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
To the following
module
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
BUTTON MODULE
14
U4
U3
U2
U1
C4
C3
C2
C1
14
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
Name tag
lighting
(C4.018)
TC
(CU.009)
(C4.016)
C2
C1
C2
C1
~12
~0
G/T
3
4
PS
F
5
SN
1
1/~
~
2
G/T
3
4
PS
F
5
SN
1/~
1/~
~
SE
C2
A
B
+TC
R1
6
9
15
A
B
+TC
R1
~12
~0
(VX.021)
C2
C1
G/T
3
4
PS
F
5
SN
1/~
1/~
~
SE
~12
~0
G/T
3
4
PS
F
5
SN
1
1/~
~
2
(VX.021)
C1
10
2
SN1
1
12
SN2
3
11
~0
~12
4
7
13
A
B
+TC
R1
14
Lock
Release
K-Steel Sinthesi
(VD.002)
58
C2
C1
Lock
Release
A
B
+TC
R1
~12
~0
Name tag
lighting
(C4.018)
TC
"1"
(CU.009)
(C4.016)
Sinthesi K-Steel
(VD.002)
ELECTRIC
LOCK
(VX.014)
Name tag
lighting
RELAY
BOX
ELECTRIC
LOCK
LINE ~
LINE ~
LINE~
~
~
~ ~
12
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
AP PS 1 ~ ~ R1 + + / 0 12 TC 6 6
~
~
~
R2 R1 +
R
VIDEO POWER SUPPLY
(VX.008)
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
~ ~
12 0
~
~
TRANSFORMER
(VX.008)
sec.1e−−−− 9
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
AB
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. 725)
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system allows the connection of a column of video door phones
to 2 video outdoor stations with automatic switching.
When a visitor presses a call button on one of the two push button
panels, in the called apartment the bitonal electronic call is sent to the
corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and the image appears
on the screen after about 8 seconds.
During this phase, the relay box automatically inserts the relative
loudspeaking unit and TV camera, excluding the other video outdoor
station from the service.
At this point, the user sees the visitor and may respond, if desired,
lifting the handset. At the end of the call, only the electric lock of the
entrance concerned is activated pressing the key
.
If, during a conversation, a call is made from the other push button
panel towards another video door phone, the first will automatically
switch off and the last video door phone called will be activated. It
is not possible therefore to communicate with the 2 video outdoor
stations at the same time in that they operate alternatively and are
mutually exclusive.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-2913B:
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phone
N. X
Bracket
5
or
Artico model
N. X
Video door phone
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/955
TC
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
5
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/955
725 model
N. 2
Panel with N buttons
N. 2
Amplified door unit
N. 2
Camera
N. 2
Video adapter
N. 2
Front plate
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
2 x 82Ω 1/4W
5
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Mod. 725
Ref. 1035/67
Ref. 725/600
Ref. 1742/13A
Ref. 725/601-/602
Ref. 1035/25
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate
Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
- product technical manual.
5
4+n
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
5
5
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
N. X
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
5
Video power supply
Transformer
Relay box
Video distributor
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 9000/230
Ref. 788/51
Ref. 955/40
5
DIAGRAM NOTES
4+n
(see section 1)
CU.009
TC
VU.002
VX.006
VX.008
VX.014
TC
13+n
14+n
2
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
2
V5.001
10 −−−− sec.1e
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-2913B
COLUMN
Output
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. 725 or Mod. Domus Aura)
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
Input
TO THE FOLLOWING
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
Output
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
Push
button
panel
Push
button
panel
Input
CONVERSATION
PRIVACY DEVICE
(VX.006)
(CU.009)
(CU.009)
RELAY
BOX
"1"
"2"
TV Camera
+
adapter
TV Camera
+
adapter
(VU.002)
(VU.002)
ELECTRIC
LOCK
Lock
Release
Lock
Release
LINE~
VIDEO POWER
SUPPLY
(VX.008)
LINE~
TRANSFORMER
(VX.008)
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
ELECTRIC
LOCK
Name tag
lighting
(VX.014)
LINE~
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
sec.1e−−−− 11
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
TC
TC
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR
STATIONS
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system allows the connection of a column of video door phones
to 4 video outdoor stations with automatic switching. Therefore, it is
suitable for a building with 4 entrances common to all apartments.
When a visitor presses a call button on one of the two push button
panels, in the called apartment the bitonal electronic call is sent to the
corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and the image appears
on the screen after about 7 seconds. During this phase, the relay box
automatically inserts the relative loudspeaking unit and TV camera,
excluding the other video outdoor station from the service. At this
point, the user sees the visitor and may respond, if desired, lifting the
handset. At the end of the call, only the electric lock of the entrance
concerned is activated pressing the key
. If, during a conversation,
a call is made from the other push button panel towards another video
door phone, the first will automatically switch off and the last video
door phone called will be activated. In this system it is not possible
to speak simultaneously from the four outdoor stations because they
work one at a time in automatic switching.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-3092D:
2 x 82Ω 1/4W
5
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phone
N. X
Bracket
or
Artico model
N. X
Video door phone
N. X
Bracket
TC
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
4+n
or
K-Steel model
N. 4
Module camera
N. 4
Module with door unit
N. X
Button modules
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
5
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
5
Ref. 1745/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
5
5
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/955
Sinthesi model
N. 4
Module with camera and door unit
N. X
Button modules
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
5
5
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/955
5
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
4+n
TC
Ref. 1755/30A
Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32A
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1145/74
TC
2
2
14+n
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 3
N. 1
N. X
14+n
Video power supply
Transformer
Relay box
Video distributor
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 9000/230
Ref. 788/54
Ref. 955/40
DIAGRAM NOTES
TC
2
TC
14+n
15+n
(see section 1)
2
C4.007
VD.002
C4.008
VX.006
C4.016
VX.008
C4.018
VX.014
CU.009
V5.001
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
VX.021
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):
a) PS - G/T
b) 4 - F
12 −−−− sec.1e
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-3092D
COLUMN
2 x 82
R1R2
1/4W
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR
STATIONS
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
AB
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
II
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
IV
A
B
A
B
CA
DISTRIBUTOR
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
A
B
I
III
Input
R1 R2
AB
TO THE FOLLOWING
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
R1R2
AB
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
A
B
II
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
IV
DISTRIBUTOR
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
A
B
I
III
Input
R1 R2
AB
To the following
module
To the following
module
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
Button module
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
Button module
U4
U3
U2
U1
U4
U3
U2
U1
Name tag
lighting
(C4.018)
TC
"3"
R1 R2
C2
C1
~12
~0
G/T
3
4
PS
F
SN
5
1
1/~
~
2
A
B
+TC
R1
~12
~0
(C4.016)
(CU.009)
K-Steel
C2
C1
Name tag
lighting
1 2 6 9 V3 V5
C2
C1
COLUMN
(VX.021)
(VX.021)
G/T
C3
4
PS
F
SN
5
1/~
1/~
~
SE
SN3
V3
+6
V5
SE
~0
~12
A
B
+TC
R1
1
2
+TC
R1
-6
Sinthesi
Lock
Release
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
INPUT
INPUT
C
B
C2
G/T
SN2
V3
+6
V5
SE
~0
~12
4
PS
F
SN
5
1/~
1/~
~
SE
1
2
+TC
R1
-6
A
B
+TC
R1
LINE~
LINE~
Lock
Release
C2
C1
(C4.018)
~12
~0
G/T
3
4
PS
F
SN
5
1
1/~
~
2
TC
"2"
A
B
+TC
R1
~12
~0
(C4.016)
(CU.009)
Sinthesi K-Steel
(VD.002)
(VD.002)
~
~
~ ~
12 0
~ ~
0 12
ELECTRIC
LOCK
~
~
ELECTRIC
LOCK
TRANSFORMER
TRANSFORMER
To the following
conversation
privacy device
(VX.008)
To the following
module
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
RELAY
BOX
Button module
Conversation
privacy device
(VX.006)
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
TC
"4"
(C4.016)
(CU.009)
C2
C1
~12
~0
G/T
3
4
PS
F
SN
5
1
1/~
~
2
A
B
+TC
R1
~12
~0
K-Steel
U4
U3
U2
U1
14
Name tag
lighting
(C4.018)
Button module
14
C4
C3
C2
C1
U4
U3
U2
U1
C2
C1
(VX.021)
G/T
C4
4
PS
F
SN
5
1/~
1/~
~
SE
SN4
V3
+6
V5
SE
~0
~12
A
B
+TC
R1
1
2
+TC
R1
-6
Sinthesi
Lock
Release
INPUT
INPUT
D
A
VOLTAGE
LINE~
(VD.002)
C1
G/T
SN1
V3
+6
V5
SE
~0
~12
4
PS
F
SN
5
1/~
1/~
~
SE
1
2
+TC
R1
-6
A
B
+TC
R1
Lock
Release
ELECTRIC
LOCK
~
Name tag
lighting
~ ~
12 0
TRANSFORMER
C2
C1
(C4.018)
~12
~0
G/T
3
4
PS
F
SN
5
1
1/~
~
2
TC
"1"
A
B
+TC
R1
~12
~0
(C4.016)
(CU.009)
Sinthesi K-Steel
(VD.002)
-6I-6U +TC R2 R1 AP +6 ~12 ~B ~A ~0 SE GND
~
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
Name tag
lighting
C2
C1
(VX.021)
To the following
module
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
(VX.014)
LINE~
(VX.008)
ELECTRIC
LOCK
LINE~
VIDEO POWER
SUPPLY
+TC R2 R1
PS
(VX.008)
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
~12 ~0
1/~
~
~
~
~
~ ~
12
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
sec.1e−−−− 13
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
(VX.008)
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE
TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. 725)
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system allows the connection of a column of video door phones
to 4 video outdoor stations with automatic switching. Therefore, it is
suitable for a building with 4 entrances common to all apartments.
When a visitor presses a call button on one of the two push button
panels, in the called apartment the bitonal electronic call is sent to the
corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and the image appears
on the screen after about 7 seconds. During this phase, the relay box
automatically inserts the relative loudspeaking unit and TV camera,
excluding the other video outdoor station from the service. At this
point, the user sees the visitor and may respond, if desired, lifting the
handset. At the end of the call, only the electric lock of the entrance
concerned is activated pressing the key
. If, during a conversation,
a call is made from the other push button panel towards another video
door phone, the first will automatically switch off and the last video
door phone called will be activated. In this system it is not possible
to speak simultaneously from the four outdoor stations because they
work one at a time in automatic switching.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-2806F:
2 x 82Ω 1/4W
5
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phone
N. X
Bracket
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
or
Artico model
N. X
Video door phone
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/955
TC
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Mod. 725
Ref. 1035/67
Ref. 725/600
Ref. 1742/13A
Ref. 725/601-/602
Ref. 1035/25
5
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate
Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system
- product technical manual.
4+n
5
5
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
5
N. 1
N. 3
N. 1
N. X
5
4+n
TC
2
14+n
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 9000/230
Ref. 788/54
Ref. 955/40
(see section 1)
CU.009
VX.006
14+n
TC
Video power supply
Transformer
Relay box
Video distributor
DIAGRAM NOTES
TC
2
V5.001
VX.008
VX.014
VU.002
TC
14+n
15+n
2
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
2
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/955
725 model
N. 4
Panel with N buttons
N. 4
Amplified door unit
N. 4
Camera
N. 4
Video adapter
N. 4
Front plate
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
5
5
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
14 −−−− sec.1e
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-2806F
COLUMN
2 x 82
R1R2
1/4W
AB
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
II
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
IV
A
B
A
B
CA
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE
TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. 725)
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
A
B
I
III
Input
R1 R2
AB
TO THE FOLLOWING
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
R1R2
AB
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
A
B
II
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
IV
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
A
B
I
III
Input
R1 R2
AB
R1 R2
1 2 6 9 V3 V5
Name tag
lighting
Name tag
lighting
TC
TC
COLUMN
P. E.
PS
4
SN
5
1/~
3
~
2
(CU.009)
INPUT
C
INPUT
D
-6
1
2
+TC
R1
A
TV Camera
B
+
Adapter +TC
R1
C4
SN4
V3
+6
SE
~0
~12
V5
PS
4
SN
5
1/~
3
~
2
(CU.009)
-6
1
2
+TC
R1
A TV Camera
B
+
+TC Adapter
R1
Lock
Release
Lock
Release
(VU.002)
(VU.002)
LINE ~
ELECTRIC
LOCK
~
~
LINE ~
~ ~
12 0
~ ~
0 12
RELAY
BOX
TRANSFORMER
~
ELECTRIC
LOCK
~
TRANSFORMER
(VX.008)
(VX.008)
CONVERSATION
PRIVACY DEVICE
(VX.006)
Name tag
lighting
14
41
14
Name tag
lighting
41
TC
TC
P. E.
"2"
"4"
P. E.
C2
SN2
V3
+6
SE
~0
~12
V5
PS
4
SN
5
1/~
3
~
2
(CU.009)
-6
1
2
+TC
R1
A
TV Camera
B
+
Adapter +TC
R1
Lock
Release
INPUT
B
INPUT
A
VOLTAGE
C1
SN1
V3
+6
SE
~0
~12
V5
PS
4
SN
5
1/~
3
~
2
(CU.009)
-6
1
2
+TC
R1
A
B TV Camera
+
+TC Adapter
R1
Lock
Release
I
G
N
N
+ + ~ ~ ~ ~
H AP 6 R2 R1 TC 6 0 A B 12 SE D
(VU.002)
LINE ~
(VU.002)
Name tag
lighting
ELECTRIC
LOCK
(VX.014)
LINE ~
~
~
(VX.008)
ELECTRIC
LOCK
LINE~
~ ~
12 0
TRANSFORMER
"1"
+ - R2 R1 R2 R1 + PS AP ~ ~ SE 1 SE +
6 6
TC
0 12 1 / 2 R
~
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
~
VIDEO POWER SUPPLY
(VX.008)
~~
0 12
~
~
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
sec.1e−−−− 15
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
"3"
P. E.
C3
SN3
V3
+6
SE
~0
~12
V5
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE
TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND 1 DOOR UNIT
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi o K-Steel)
FUNCTION
TC
This type of system is used to connect a video door phone column to
an automatically switching video door unit or door unit.
A two-tone electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door
phone speaker when a call button is pressed on either of the two
panels; the picture appears on the screen after approximately seven
seconds if the call was made by the video door unit.
The video door phone will not light up and the video door phone will
work as a normal door phone if the call is made from thcamera unit and
panel.
Press
at the end of the call to open the concerned door electrical
lock only.
2 x 82Ω 1/4W
5
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
N. X
Button modules
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
K-Steel model
N. 1
Module camera
N. 1
Module with door unit
N. X
Button modules
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTORE
5
5
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTORE
5
Ref. 1755/30A
Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32A
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
4+n
5
Ref. 1745/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref.1145/74
or
5
5
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Amplified door unit
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
5
4+n
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21
Ref. 1145/67
Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
TC
2
or
14+n
8+n
2
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module with door unit
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32A
Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-3121C:
Video power supply
Transformer
Relay box
Video distributor
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 9000/230
Ref. 788/51
Ref. 955/40
DIAGRAM NOTES
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phone
N. X
Bracket
N. 1
N. 1
N. 1
N. X
(see section 1)
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/955
C4.006
V5.001
C4.007
VD.002
C4.008
VU.002
C4.016
VX.006
C4.018
VX.008
CU.009
VX.014
or
Artico model
N. X
Video door phone
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/955
VX.021a
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):
a) PS - G/T
b) 4 - F
VX.021b
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):
a) 4 - F
16 −−−− sec.1e
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-3121C
2 x 82
1/4W
R1 R2
AB
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE
TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND 1 DOOR UNIT
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi o K-Steel)
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
III
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
IV
A
B
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
R1
R2
R1
R2
I
II
A
B
A
B
CA
Input
R1 R2
AB
TO THE FOLLOWING
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
R1 R2
AB
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
III
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
IV
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
I
II
A
B
Input
AB
R1 R2
To the following
conversation
privacy device
To the
following
module
To the
following
module
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
BUTTON MODULE
TC
AMPLIFIED
LOUDSPEAKING
UNIT
(CU.009)
(C4.016)
(VX.021a)
TV CAMERA
41
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
C2
C1
C2
C1
C4
C3
C2
C1
41
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
CONVERSATION
PRIVACY DEVICE
(VX.006)
~12
~0
G/T
3
4
PS
F
SN
5
1
1/~
~
2
A
B
+TC
R1
~12
~0
K-Steel
G/T
U1
13
C1
G/T
2
SN1
1
4
PS
F
SN
5
1/~
1/~
~
SE
C1
C2
3
4
PS
F
SN
5
1
1/~
~
2
C2
SN2
3
~0
~12
A
B
+TC
R1
7
8
9
10
11
12
4
5
6
14
15
G/T
~12
~0
~12
~0
Name tag
lighting
(C4.006)
(C4.016)
(CU.009)
(VX.021b)
Lock
Release
ELECTRIC
LOCK
Sinthesi
(VD.002)
ELECTRIC
LOCK
Mod. K-Steel/Sinthesi
Lock
Release
RELAY
BOX
Name tag
lighting
LINE~
(VX.014)
LINE~
LINE~
Mod. K-Steel/Sinthesi
R1 + ~ ~ PS +R
TC 12 0
1/~ R1 R2R2
-6 +6
~
~
VIDEO POWER SUPPLY
(VX.008)
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
~ ~
0 12
~
~
TRANSFORMER
~ ~
12
~
~
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
(VX.008)
sec.1e−−−− 17
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Name tag
lighting
(C4.018)
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
BUTTON MODULE
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL SETS OF VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own secondary video outdoor station
(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system is particularly suitable for residential properties where it is
necessary to connect the single villas to a proper video outdoor station
and to a common one located at the main entry.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-3060B:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
During calling the video door phone is automatically switched on the
main video outdoor station or to the secondary one of its own group, by
means of the switching relay. The services for secondary video outdoor
stations are independent, so that they be realized simultaneously.
When the call is coming from the main video outdoor station, only the
group of the called video door phone is switched on it, the other ones
continue to service towards the secondary.
2 x 82Ω 1/4W
5
5
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/955
or
Artico model
N. X
Video door phone
N. X
Bracket
2 x 82Ω 1/4W
5
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phone
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/955
5
TC
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
5
5
5
4+n
5
5
Sinthesi model
N. 1+K Module with camera and door unit
N. X
Button modules
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
5
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
5
5
5
4+n
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
5
5
4+n
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
5
4+n
14+n
14+n
8+n
Ref. 1745/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/74
or
8+n
TC
TC
K-Steel model
N. 1+K Module camera
N. 1+K Module with door unit
N. X
Button modules
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
Ref. 1755/30A
Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32A
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1145/74
11+k(n+1)
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
TC
2
2
2
K= quantity of columns
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. K
N. 1
N. K
N. X
N. 1
Video power supply
Transformer
Relay box
Video distributor
Supplementary power supply
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 9000/230
Ref. 788/51
Ref. 955/40
Ref. 1090/850
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.007
V5.001
C4.008
VD.002
C4.014
VX.006
C4.017
VX.008
CU.009
VX.014
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
VX.021a
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):
a) 4 - F
VX.021b
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):
a) P1 - P2
18 −−−− sec.1e
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-3060B
1st COLUMN
2 x 82
R1R2
2nd COLUMN
-1/4W
AB
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
A
B
II
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
IV
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL SETS OF VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own secondary video outdoor station
(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
A
B
I
III
Input
R1 R2
AB
TO THE FOLLOWING
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
R1R2
AB
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
A
B
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
A
B
II
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
IV
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
I
III
Input
R1 R2
AB
To the
following
module
To the following
conversation
privacy device
MAIN ~
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
CONVERSATION
PRIVACY DEVICE
(VX.006)
C4
C3
C2
C1
(VX.014)
~
Name tag
lighting
~12
~0
BUTTON MODULE
14
~
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
14
AS 1ST COLUMN
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
14
R1
R2
AP
C4
C3
C2
C1
11 14
SE3
SE2
SE1
14
VIDEO POWER
SUPPLY
(VX.008)
+R
-6
+6
Name tag
lighting
(CU.009)
(C4.017)
C2
RELAY
BOX
(C4.014)
+TC
PS
8
5
1/~
~0
~12
(VX.021a)
SN2
2
SN1
3
6
~0
~12
3
4
PS
F
SN
5
1/~
1/~
~
SE
3
A
B
+TC
R1
A
B
+TC
R1
~12
~0
TC
PS
F
SN
5
1
1/~
~
2
TC
0
LINE ~
12
15
9
230
R1
R2
C1 7
14
1013
SECONDARY
Sinthesi K-Steel
Lock
Release
(VD.002)
TV CAMERA UNIT
AMPLIFIED LOUDSPEAKING
UNIT
2 x 82
1/4W
ELECTRIC
LOCK
R1R2
B
A
To the
following
module
AB
Output
II
I
R2
R1
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
B
A
BUTTON MODULE
A
B
IV
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
R2
R1
U4
U3
U2
U1
III
Input
R1 R2
R1
R2
AB
x
P1
A
B
R1
R2
P2
GND
V out
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
0
LINE ~
230
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
A
B
R1
+TC
A
B
R1
+TC
TO THE FOLLOWING
COLUMN
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
Calls
Name tag
lighting
(VD.002)
(CU.009)
(C4.017)
TC
3
PS
MAIN
5
F
SN
1/~
1
~
2
K-Steel
3
PS
4
5
F
SN
1/~
1/~
~
SE
(VX.021a)
Name tag
lighting
Lock
Release
(VX.014)
LINE ~
LINE~
Sinthesi
TV CAMERA UNIT
AMPLIFIED LOUDSPEAKING
UNIT
ELECTRIC
LOCK
~ ~
12 0
~
~
TRANSFORMER
(VX.008)
~ ~
12
~
~
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1e−−−− 19
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
ADDITIONAL POWER
SUPPLY UNIT
(VX.008) (VX.021b)
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL SETS OF VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station
(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
FUNCTION
This system is particularly suitable for residential properties where it is
necessary to connect the single villas to a proper video outdoor station
and to a common one located at the main entry.
During calling the video door phone is automatically switched on the
main video outdoor station or to the secondary one of its own group, by
means of the switching relay. The services for secondary video outdoor
stations are independent, so that they be realized simultaneously.
When the call is coming from the main video outdoor station, only the
group of the called video door phone is switched on it, the other ones
continue to service towards the secondary.
2 x 82Ω 1/4W
5
5
5
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
5
5
5
4+n
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
4+n
5
5
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. K
Module with door unit set-up
N. K
Amplified door unit
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
5
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
5
Ref. 1755/30A
Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32A
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1145/74
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
5
5
K-Steel model
N. 1
Module camera
N. 1
Module with door unit
N. X
Button modules
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
2 x 82Ω 1/4W
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
5
or
5
5
4+n
5
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/20-/21
Ref. 1145/67
Ref. 1145/74
4+n
14+n
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
14+n
8+n
8+n
TC
TC
K-Steel model
N. X
Button modules
N. K
Module with door unit
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
11+k(n+1)
TC
2
or
Ref.1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32A
Ref. 1145/74
2
2
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
K= quantity of columns
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. K
N. 1
N. K
N. X
N. 1
N. X
EQUIPMENT
Video power supply
Transformer
Relay box
Video distributor
Supplementary power supply
Kit of 10 diodes
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 9000/230
Ref. 788/51
Ref. 955/40
Ref. 1090/850
Ref. 1131/4
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-3094D:
DIAGRAM NOTES
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
(see section 1)
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phone
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/955
or
Artico model
N. X
Video door phone
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1705/1
Ref. 1705/955
TC
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
N. X
Button modules
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
20 −−−− sec.1e
C4.007
V5.001
C4.008
VD.002
C4.014
VX.006
C4.017
VX.008
CU.009
VX.014
VX.021a
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):
a) 4 - F
VX.021b
Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):
a) P1 - P2
Ref. 1745/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1145/74
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-3094D
1st COLUMN
2 x 82
R1R2
2nd COLUMN
-1/4W
AB
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL SETS OF VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station
(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
A
B
II
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
IV
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
A
B
I
III
Input
R1 R2
AB
TO THE FOLLOWING
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
R1R2
AB
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
A
B
II
IV
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
A
B
I
III
Input
R1 R2
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
AB
To the following
conversation
privacy device
CONVERSATION
PRIVACY DEVICE
(VX.006)
14
MAIN ~
C4
C3
C2
C1
~
(VX.014)
~
BUTTON MODULE
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
14
Name tag
lighting
~12
~0
14
VIDEO POWER
SUPPLY
(VX.008)
14
8
+R
-6
+6
C4
C3
C2
C1
7
R1
R2
11
5
1/~
~0
~12
Name tag
lighting
C2
(VX.021a)
SN2
2
SN1
3
6
12
(C4.014)
+TC
PS
AS 1ST COLUMN
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
RELAY
BOX
AP
SE3
SE2
SE1
To the
following
module
~0
~12
9
3
4
PS
F
SN
5
1
1/~
~
2
(CU.009)
(C4.017)
~
LINE ~
AMPLIFIED LOUDSPEAKING UNIT
~
R1
R2
C1
ELECTRIC
LOCK
Lock
Release
10 4 1
2 x 82
1/4W
R1R2
Output
B
A
To the
following
module
AB
I
II
R2
R1
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
BUTTON MODULE
B
A
A
B
IV
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
R2
R1
U4
U3
U2
U1
III
Input
R1 R2
R1
R2
AB
x
P1
A
B
R1
R2
P2
GND
V out
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
0
LINE ~
230
ADDITIONAL POWER
SUPPLY UNIT
(VX.008) (VX.021b)
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~12
~0
A
B
R1
+TC
A
B
R1
+TC
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
TO THE FOLLOWING
COLUMN
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Calls
Name tag
lighting
(VD.002)
(CU.009)
(C4.017)
TC
3
PS
5
SN
F
1/~
1
~
2
K-Steel
3
PS
4
5
SN
F
1/~
1/~
~
SE
(VX.021a)
Name tag
lighting
Lock
Release
(VX.014)
LINE ~
LINE~
Sinthesi
TV CAMERA UNIT
AMPLIFIED LOUDSPEAKING
UNIT
ELECTRIC
LOCK
~ ~
12 0
~
~
TRANSFORMER
(VX.008)
~ ~
12
~
~
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1e−−−− 21
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 4 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
The video door unit calls the 4 video door phones in parallel with switch-on at
the same time
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
This system allows the connection of a column of video door phones
to 4 video outdoor stations with automatic switching. Therefore, it is
suitable for a building with 4 entrances common to all apartments.
When a visitor presses a call button on one of the two push button
panels, in the called apartment the bitonal electronic call is sent to the
corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and the image appears
on the screen after about 7 seconds.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-3166C:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phone
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1702/1
Ref. 1202/955
TC
2 x 82Ω 1/4W
6
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
5
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
6
Ref. 1745/21
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
5
or
8
K-Steel model
N. 1
Module with camera and door unit
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section
of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical
manual.
TC
9
Ref. 1755/21
2
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1
N. 1
N. X
Video power supply
Supplementary power supply
Video distributor
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 789/3
Ref. 955/40
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
VD.002
VX.008
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
V5.001
22 −−−− sec.1e
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-3166C
~
LINE~
~
POWER SUPPLY
(VX.008)
V2
R2 out
R1
RL
R2 in
R1
2 x 82
AB
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 4 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
The video door unit calls the 4 video door phones in parallel with switch-on at
the same time
1/4W
R2R1
Output
R2
R1
RD
II
A
B
R3
CA
R2
R1
RD
R1
R2
R1
R2
IV
A
B
A
B
G
CA
A
B
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
RD
R1
R2
A
B
G
CA
R1
R2
R2
R1
RD
R1
R2
III
I
A
B
A
B
G
CA
A
B
Input
AB
(VD.002)
C1
G/T
PS
4
5
F
A
~12 B
~0
+TC
R1
SN
1/~
1/~
1/~
~
SE
PS
4
5
F
A
B
K-Steel
AP
-6
+6
SE1
+R
R1
R2
+TC
R1
SN
+TC
R1
PS
1/~
1/~
~
SE
1/~
~0
~12
SE2
R2
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
(VX.008)
Sinthesi
Lock Release
ELECTRIC
LOCK
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
~
LINE~
~
sec.1e−−−− 23
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
TC
C1
G/T
R2R1
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
(Mod. Sinthesi)
FUNCTION
EQUIPMENT
The 5-wire video door phone system implements conversation privacy,
call and door opener functions in normal door phone systems with only
5 wires in the riser column: 4 commons + 1 single for each device.
The door unit is powered with only two wires and a transformer at
12V~.
The most interesting application of a 5-wire system is in old buildings
where a door phone system is already fitted. The existing system can
be transformed into a video door phone system without adding wires
to the column or in the apartments.
Specific conversation privacy circuits must be fitted in the panel for
ensuring conversation privacy for all video door phones in the system
(one for each button). All video door phones are normally deactivated
(no sound is heard when the handset is picked up); only the video door
phone called from the door can start the conversation. No other users
can cut into the call.
The voice circuit of the called video door phone remains activate until
the following call is made from the panel to another device.
The door opening function is connected to conversation privacy; this
means that a user must be called to be able to open the electrical
lock.
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram
SV102-3122E:
2 x 82Ω 1/4W
4+n
4+n
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico model
N. X
Video door phone
N. X
Bracket
or
Modello Utopia
N. X
Video door phone
N. X
Bracket
Ref. 1703/1
Ref. 1703/955
TC
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model
N. X
Button modules
N. 1
Module camera
N. 1
Video adapter
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Amplified door unit
N. X/4 Conversation privacy device
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
4+n
Ref. 1702/40
Ref. 1202/955
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Ref. 1745/40
Ref. 1742/13A
Ref. 1145/20-/21
Ref. 1145/67
Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in flush-mounting boxes with
module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted
versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and
Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
4+n
4+n
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
4+n
4+n
N. 1
N. X
4+n
DIAGRAM NOTES
Video power supply
Video distributor
Ref. 789/5B
Ref. 955/40
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
4+n
4+n
(see section 1)
CU.009
V5.001
VU.002
VX.006
VX.008
VX.014
TC
10+n
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
2
24 −−−− sec.1e
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-3122E
2 x 82
AB
1/4W
R2R1
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
IV
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
CA
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
(Mod. Sinthesi)
II
A
B
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
Ref.955/40
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
A
B
I
III
Input
AB
R2 R1
AB
R2R1
TO THE FOLLOWING
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
IV
II
A
B
A
B
CA
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
Ref.955/40
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
CA
A
B
III
I
Input
AB
To the following
module
To the following
conversation
privacy devices
U4
U3
U2
U1
~0
~12
(VX.006)
41
C4
C3
C2
C1
~
LINE~
(VX.014)
~
41
LIGHT BULB
TRANSFORMER
TV CAMERA UNIT
R2
A
B
+TC
R1
T
(CU.009)
TC
R1
R2
+TC
R1
+R
-6
+6
U1
C2
C1
PS
3
G/T
F
5
4
SN
1
1/~
~
2
(VU.002)
AMPLIFIED
LOUDSPEAKING UNIT
~
LINE~
~
SE1
AP
SE2
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
(VX.008)
PS
1/~
~0
~12
R2
Lock
Release
ELECTRIC LOCK
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1e−−−− 25
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Name tag
lighting
Name tag
lighting
CONVERSATION
PRIVACY DEVICES
BUTTONS MODULE
G/T
~12
~0
~0
~12
G/T
R2 R1
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
SV102-3239: CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONE
TO 1 RISING COLUMN. SINGLE CALLS
SV102-1710D: CONNECTION OF ONE DOOR PHONE IN PARALLEL TO 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE
SV102-1712F: CONNECTION OF TWO VIDEO DOOR PHONES IN PARALLEL
2x 82
AB
SV102-3239
1/4W
R2R1
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
R1
R2
III
II
A
B
A
B
CA
A
B
Ref.955/40
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
CA1
1
2
R1
R2
R1
R2
I
IV
A
B
A
B
Input
calls
AB
R2 R1
AB
R2 R1
FROM RISING COLUMN
SV102-1710D
AB
R1R2
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
R1
R2
I
II
A
B
A
B
CA
A
B
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
Ref.955/40
EQUIPMENT
IN PARALLEL
CA1
R1
R2
1
R1
R2
IV
III
A
B
2
A
B
Input
AB
Single
call
R1 R2
COMMONS
FROM COLUMN
SV102-1712F
230
LINE~
0
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.789/2
(VX.008)
RL
V2
R2 in
R1
R2 out
AB
R1R2
Output
R2
R1
R2
R1
R2
R1
II
A
B
A
B
CA
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
III
A
B
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
Ref.955/40
EQUIPMENT
IN PARALLEL
R2
R1
R2
R1
R2
R1
I
A
B
CA
IV
A
B
A
B
Input
AB
Single
call
R1 R2
COMMONS
FROM COLUMN
26 −−−− sec.1e
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SV102-1470C
AB
R1R2
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
R1
R2
II
I
A
B
CA
A
B
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
Ref.955/40
CALL
REPEATER RELAY
Ref.788/52
S3
S1
~~
012
CHIME
12 V~
A
B
R1
R2
C
6
R1
R2
IV
III
A
B
A
B
Input
LINE~
AB
~
~~
0 12
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
SV102-1470C: CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY Ref. 788/52
FOR OPERATING ADDITIONAL RINGER
SV102-3240: CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY Ref. 788/22
FOR OPERATING ADDITIONAL RINGER
SV102-3238: EXAMPLE OF CONNECTION FOR RELEASING DOOR LOCK
DURING A CALL BY THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE
R1 R2
~
Single
call
TRANSFORMER
Ref.9000/230
(VX.008)
COMMONS
FROM COLUMN
2x 82
1/4W
SV102-3240
AB
R2R1
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
R1
R2
II
I
A
B
CA
CALL
REPEATER RELAY
Ref.788/22
A
B
A
B
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
Ref.955/40
CHCH+
NA
C
R1
R2
~
12
~
LINE~
~
~
R1
R2
IV
A
B
Ref.9854/40
RINGER
A
B
Input
~ ~
12 0
calls
Ref.9000/230
TRANSFORMER
III
AB
R1 R2
AB
R1 R2
FROM RISING COLUMN
(VX.008)
SV102-3238
AB
R1R2
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
R1
R2
II
I
A
B
A
B
CA
CALL
REPEATER RELAY
Ref.788/22
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
Ref.955/40
ELECTRICAL
LOCK TIMER
Ref.1032/81
+ CH+L CH+
0L
C
NA NC
+24
+12/~
-/~
~12
~0
0
MAIN~
230
TRANSFORMER
Ref.9000/230
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
R1
R2
R1
R2
IV
III
A
B
A
B
SE2
-/~
AP
NO
C
NC
(C4.023)
(VX.021)
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
SWITCH
NNF
A
B
Input
AB
Single
call
R1 R2
COMMONS
FROM COLUMN
sec.1e−−−− 27
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
EXAMPLE OF SIGNAL A, SIGNAL B AND POWER (R1, R2) DISTRIBUTION ON
SEVERAL COLUMNS
SV102-2978C
2 x 82Ohm 1/4W
AB
2 x 82Ohm 1/4W
R2 R1
R2 R1
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
II III
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
Ref.955/40
A
B
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
Ref.955/40
R1
R2
I
A
B
R1
R2
R1
R2
I
IV
A
B
Input
A
B
IV
AB
R2 R1
R2 R1
AB
AB
R2 R1
R2 R1
AB
R1
R2
Output
R1
R2
R1
R2
A
B
A
B
II III
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
Ref.955/40
AB
R1
R2
R1
R2
I
IV
Input
A
B
VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
Ref.955/40
R1
R2
I
R1
R2
II III
A
B
R1
R2
A
B
Input
Output
A
B
R1
R2
II III
A
B
R1
R2
AB
Output
A
B
A
B
Input
R1 R2
R2 R1
IV
A
B
AB
2 x 82Ohm 1/4W
TO THE
FOLLOWING
COLUMN
AB
R1 R2
Output
R1
R1
R2
R2
I
II
A
B
B
A
955/40
R1
R1
R2
R2
III IV
A
A
B
B
Input
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
AB
TO THE
FOLLOWING
COLUMN
R2 R1
R2 R1
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
TC
VIDEO OUTDOOR
The video power unit Ref. 789/5B can power up to 8 video distributors Ref. 955/40 if Atlantico, or
Scaitel monitors are not installed in parallel in the system.
The closing resistors must not be present on the video door phone brackets.
28 −−−− sec.1e
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
SECTION 1F
(REV.B)
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR
URMET DOMUS DEVICE
INTERCHANGEABILITY
Download from:
www.urmetdomus.com
Technical Manuals area
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1f−−−− 1
2 −−−− sec.1f
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
INTERCHANGEABLE DEVICES
INTERCHANGEABLE DEVICES
POWER UNITS
RELAY DEVICES
TRANSFORMERS
APARTMENT
STATIONS
DOOR UNITS
PREVIOUS MODEL
NEW MODEL
SEE PAGE
786/1
786/11
23
786/5A
786/15
4
786/14
786/11 or 786/12 (*)
23
787/4
786/4
7
789
789/1A
6
789
789/5B
6
789/1A
789/5B
6
1840/22
1090/850
7
4340/20
752/20
8
7073
789/1A
9
7073/1
789/1A
9
7073/2
789/1A
9
7073/5A
789/2
16
9006/1
786/11
12
9006/2
786/11
12
9006/3
786/3A
14
9006/5
786/15
5
9006/14
786/11 or 786/12 (*)
12
9006/22
786/11 or 786/12 (*)
12
9008/14
786/38A
14
788/1
788/51
16
788/5
788/52
17
788/4
788/54
19
788/8
788/58
18
788/11
788/52
15
788/21
788/52
15
788/30
788/52
17
4330/31
788/51
16
4340/11
788/52
15
4520/10
788/52
15
9330 (II series)
788/52
17
9332/1
788/51
16
9332/5
788/52
17
9332/8
788/58
18
9000/20
9000/230 or 9000/110 (*)
18
1201/1 Ranger
1702/1 Atlantico
20
1201/10
1702/1 Atlantico
20
1704/1 Sentry
1705/1 Artico
22
1704/1A Sentry+
1705/1 Artico
22
1704/10 Sentry
1705/1 Artico
22
1704/10A Sentry+
1705/1 Artico
22
1704/90
1704/102
22
1704/955
1704/102
22
4340/23
752/23
8
7081/1 Vedette
1704/20 Sentry+
20
7091/1 Sentinel
1704/20 Sentry+
20
7101/1 Explorer
1704/20 Sentry+
20
5150/500
1128/500
14
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Some devices replace previous models and may be used as spare parts.
The correspondence between versions is:
(*) Not available in Italy.
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1f−−−− 3
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACING RELAY POWER UNIT Ref. 786/5A AND Ref. 9006/5 WITH Ref. 786/15
REPLACING RELAY POWER UNIT Ref. 786/5A AND Ref. 9006/5 WITH Ref. 786/15
The 786/15 relay power unit can replace the following obsolete models:
• Ref. 9006/5
• Ref. 786/38A
Follow the following diagrams according to the type of system in which the power unit is being replaced for correct connection.
ELECTRONIC CALL INTERCOM SYSTEMS AND DOOR UNIT
With single calls from door unit and door phones with buzzer (differential call)
Ref.786/5A
1
Ref.786/15
1A
1P
2
2P
5
6
2
3
-
9
-
+
1
+
4
-J
-P
6
~0
PS
-J
7
8
~0
PS
C1
C2
C2
~12 SN1 SN2
C1 PS2 ~12 SN2
~18
SN1
With single calls from door unit and door phones without buzzer.
Ref.786/5A
1
Ref.786/15
1A
1P
2
2P
5
6
2
3
-
9
-
+
1
+
4
-J
-P
-J
7
6
8
~0
PS
C1
C2
~0
PS
C2
C1
~12 SN1 SN2 ~18
PS2 ~12 SN2 SN1
With single call from door unit and door phones with buzzer.
Ref.786/5A
1A
1P
2
2P
5
6
2
3
-
9
-
+
1
+
4
-J
-P
6
~0
PS
C1
C2
-J
7
8
~0
PS
C2
C1
~12 SN1 SN2 ~18
PS2 ~12 SN2 SN1
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Ref.786/15
1
4 −−−− sec.1f
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
TRADITIONAL CALL INTERCOM SYSTEMS AND DOOR UNIT
With single calls from door unit and door phones with buzzer.
Ref.786/5A
1
Ref.786/15
1P
2
2P
5
6
2
3
Ref.9006/5
1
1P
2
2P
Ref.786/15
5
6
2
3
-
9
-
+
1
-6
9
-
+
4
-J
-P
6
~0
PS
C1
C2
-J
7
8
~0
PS
C2
C1
6
~0
8
~0
+6
1
+
4
-J
7
~12 SN1 SN2 ~18
PS2 ~12 SN2 SN1
~12 SN1 SN2 ~18
PS
C2
C1
PS2 ~12 SN2 SN1
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
1A
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACING RELAY POWER UNIT Ref. 786/5A AND Ref. 9006/5 WITH Ref. 786/15
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1f−−−− 5
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 789 WITH Ref. 789/1A
REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 789
AND Ref. 789/1A WITH Ref. 789/5B
REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 789 WITH Ref. 789/1A
The 789/1A power unit can replace the obsolete 789 model.
The terminals correspond as follows:
Ref. 789
POWER
OUTPUTS
Ref. 789/1A
0
0
-
110
230
230
~0
~0
~12
~12
~A
~A
~B
~B
+6
+6
-6
-6
PS
PS
SN
SN
1/~
1/~
R1
R1
R2
R2
+TC
+TC
AP
AP
SE1
SE1
SE2
SE2
+6J
+6J
-J
-J
REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 789 AND Ref. 789/1A WITH Ref. 789/5B
The 789/5B video power unit has the following characteristics:
1) It must be powered at 230 V exclusively.
2) It can only be used in video door phone systems with electronic call system (it only has a PS output, no SN output).
3) It can power only two video door phones in stand-by mode (V2).
4) It can power up to 10 video distributors.
5) It is not provided with a -J output for intercom service.
It can therefore replace the Ref. 789 and Ref. 789/1A power units only in systems with the characteristics and limitations above.
In these cases, the terminals correspond as follows:
SV102-1814B
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.789/5B
(230V)
MAINS ~
MAINS ~
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.789(230V)
Ref.789/1
(110/230V)
VOLTAGE
UNIT
6 −−−− sec.1f
ELECTRONIC
UNIT
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 1840/22 WITH Ref. 1090/850
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 787/4 WITH Ref. 786/4
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 1840/22 WITH Ref. 1090/850
The 1090/850 power unit can replace the obsolete 1840/22 model.
The terminals correspond as follows:
POWER
OUTPUTS
Ref. 1840/22
Ref. 1090/850
Notes
0
0
-
~230
~230
-
~24
Not available
(#)
~24
Not available
(#)
+ (12)
Vout
- (12)
GND
-
P1
-
P2
Remove the
jumper between
terminals
P1 and P2 (*)
(#) If a 24Vac output is needed, use a transformer with minimum output current of 0.2 Aac
(∗) because the device 1840/22 actually outputs approximate 14.3 Vdc
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 787/4 WITH Ref. 786/4
The Ref. 786/4 power unit can replace the obsolete Ref. 787/4 model.
The terminals correspond as follows:
Ref. 787/4
POWER
0
110
110
230
230
~0
~0
~12
~12
+6
+6
-6
-6
-J
-J
PS
PS
PS1
PS1
1/~
1/~
SN
SN
NA
NA
NC
NC
C
C
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
OUTPUTS
Ref. 786/4
0
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1f−−−− 7
REPLACING TWO-CHANNEL SYSTEM DOOR PHONE APARTMENT STATION
Ref. 4340/23 WITH Ref. 752/23
REPLACING DOOR PHONE TWO-CHANNEL SYSTEM POWER UNIT Ref. 4340/20 WITH Ref. 752/20
REPLACING TWO-CHANNEL SYSTEM DOOR PHONE APARTMENT STATION Ref. 4340/23 WITH
Ref. 752/23
The Ref. 752/20 power unit can replace the obsolete Ref. 4340/20 model.
The Ref. 752/23 two-channel door phone apartment station replaces the Ref. 4340/23 model.
The correspondence between device terminals is shown in the following diagram.
SC101-0211B
TO THE FOLLOWING INDOOR SETS
INDOOR SET
Ref.4340/23
INDOOR SET
Ref.752/23
(V D.007)
-/~
+/~
(V X.006)
(VD.007)
(C 4.007)
TO THE
FOLLOWING
MODULE
PUSH
BUTTONS
MODULE
Name tag
lighting
G/T
~12
~0
G/T
~12
~0
U4
U3
U2
U1
KOMBI FREE-HANDS PANEL
AND DOOR UNIT
Loudspeaker
module
To bulb
transformer
~0
~12
+M
+
4340/27 PANEL
AND DOOR UNIT
MAINS ~
U2
U1
G/T
G/T2
L
Microphone
module
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.752/20
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.4340/20
To bulb
transformer
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACING DOOR PHONE TWO-CHANNEL SYSTEM POWER UNIT Ref. 4340/20
WITH Ref. 752/20
To bulb
transformer
(C 4.009)
(C 4.009)
twisted
coupled
wires
twisted
coupled
wires
2
1
Name tag
lighting
(C 4.009)
twisted
coupled wires
~0
~12
Lock
Release
ELECTRIC LOCK
MAINS ~
~
MAIN ~
(VX.014)
~
TRANSFORMER
ELECTRIC LOCK
ELECTRIC LOCK
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
C4.007 - Sinthesi models only:
See instruction booklet provided with
product for connecting terminals G/T,
~0 and ~12 between modules.
C4.009 - IMPORTANT Use cord pairs.
VD.007 = Floor call button.
VX.006 - See the instruction book
provided with the product for fitting
the accessory in the device.
VX.014 - Dusk switch or similar device
for switching lights on, where
relevant.
8 −−−− sec.1f
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 7073, Ref. 7073/1 AND Ref. 7073/2 WITH
Ref. 789/1A
The Ref. 789/1 A power unit replace the previous Ref. 7073, Ref. 7073/1 and Ref. 7073/2 power units in all systems except for:
1) Systems with Vidicon camera: Mod. 789 power units are not provided with + LA, -LA outputs for powering lamps.
2) Continuously powered systems.
3) Systems with more than 20 video door phones monitors in stand-by: in this case use a 6 Vdc power unit providing suitable output current
considering that the average consumption of a video door phone in stand-by is 60 mAcc.
4) Systems with simultaneous operation of 2 or more video door phones: in this case, power each supplementary video door phone using local
power unit Ref. 789/2.
5) The Ref. 789/1 video power unit (110-230V) consists of two units connected using the specific wire and plugs (C).
The power unit Ref. is 789/101 (110-230V).
The electronic unit Ref. is 789/102.
Jumpers ~0, ~A and ~12, ~B are pre-fitted.
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.789/1
(110/230V)
MAINS ~
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.7073 OR
7073/1
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 7073, Ref. 7073/1
AND Ref. 7073/2 WITH Ref. 789/1A
MAINS ~
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.7073/2
MAINS ~
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.7073/1
+
CALL
GENERATOR
Ref.787/1
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
MAINS ~
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1f−−−− 9
SCOUT AND CAMERA SYSTEMS (CCD CAMERA ONLY)
The Ref. 787/1 tone generator is not used because it is replaced by a generator inside the Ref. 789/1 A power unit.
Connect jumpers SE1, ~12 during installation.
SV102-0583A
TONE
GENERATOR
Ref.787/1
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.789/1A
(110/230V)
CCD TV CAMERA UNIT
PUSH BUTTON
PANEL
ELECTRONIC
UNIT
L.U.
LOCK
RELEASE
TV CAMERA UNIT
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 7073, Ref. 7073/1
AND Ref. 7073/2 WITH Ref. 789/1A
ELECTRIC
LOCK
MAINS ~
MAINS ~
VOLTAGE
UNIT
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.7073/1
SENTINEL, EXPLORER AND RANGER AND CAMERA SYSTEMS (CCD CAMERA ONLY)
SV102-0582A
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.789/1A
(110/230V)
MAINS ~
CCD TV CAMERA UNIT
PUSH BUTTON
PANEL
TV CAMERA UNIT
L.U.
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
ELECTRONIC
UNIT
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.7073/1
MAINS ~
VOLTAGE
UNIT
LOCK
RELEASE
10 −−−− sec.1f
ELECTRIC
LOCK
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SENTINEL, EXPLORER AND RANGER WITH SWITCHBOARD AND CAMERA SYSTEMS (CCD CAMERA
ONLY)
Cut the existing jumpers between terminals ~ A, ~0 and between ~B, ~12 of the Ref. 789/1A power unit during installation.
SV102-0584A
POWER SUPPLY Ref.786/3
NOTE
SINGLES COMMONS
STANDARD
HOUSE
SWITCHBOARD
MAINS ~
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.789/1A (110/230V)
CCD TV CAMERA UNIT
TV CAMERA UNIT
L.U.
PUSH BUTTON
PANEL
ELECTRONIC
UNIT
LOCK
RELEASE
ELECTRIC
LOCK
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 7073, Ref. 7073/1
AND Ref. 7073/2 WITH Ref. 789/1A
MAINS ~
MAINS ~
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.7073/1
VOLTAGE
UNIT
SENTINEL, EXPLORER AND RANGER AND CAMERA SYSTEMS (VIDICON CAMERA)
The Ref. 789/1A power unit is not provided with +LA and -LA outputs. An auxiliary ~24 V transformer, minimum 24 W (not included), and
Ref. 788/5 control relay is needed to power the lights.
SV102-0655A
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.789/1
(110/230V)
MAINS ~
VIDEO
POWER SUPPLY
Ref.7073/1
VIDICON TYPE
TV CAMERA
TV CAMERA UNIT
L.U.
PUSH BUTTON
PANEL
MAINS ~
ELECTRONIC
UNIT
MAINS ~
LOCK
RELEASE
RELAY
TRANSFORMER
Ref.9332/5 24V~ 25W
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
ELECTRIC
LOCK
sec.1f−−−− 11
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
VOLTAGE
UNIT
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNITS Ref. 9006/1, 9006/2, 9006/14
AND 9006/22 WITH Ref. 786/11
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNITS Ref. 9006/1, 9006/2, 9006/14 AND 9006/22 WITH
Ref. 786/11
The Ref. 786/11 power unit can replace the following obsolete models:
• Ref. 9006/1
• Ref. 9006/2
• Ref. 9006/14
• Ref. 9006/22
The terminals correspond as follows:
Ref. 9006/1
POWER
~0
0
~220
~230
~0
~0
~12
~12
+6
+6
-6
-6
-J
-J
Ref. 9006/2
Ref. 786/11
~0
0
~220
~230
OUTPUTS
POWER
OUTPUTS
POWER
Ref. 786/11
~0
~0
~12
~12
+6
+6
-6
-6
Ref. 9006/14
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 786/12 (∗)
~0
0
0
~110
Not available
~110
~220
~230
Not available
~240
Not available
Not available
OUTPUTS
~0
~0
~0
~12
~12
~12
~18
Not available
Not available
+6
+6
+6
-6
-6
-6
-J
-J
-J
Notes
(#)
(∗) Not available in Italy.
(#) If a 18Vac output is needed, use a transformer with minimum output current of 0.5 Aac and connect as shown in the attached diagram:
18Vca
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
MAINS~
~0
~12
-J
-6
+6
~
MAINS~
~
12 −−−− sec.1f
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
Ref. 9006/22
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 786/12 (∗)
~0
0
0
POWER
OUTPUTS
~110
Not available
~110
~220
~230
Not available
~240
Not available
Not available
~0
~0
~0
~12
~12
~12
~24
Not available
Not available
+6
+6
+6
-6
-6
-6
-J
-J
-J
Notes
(#)
(∗) Not available in Italy.
(#) If a 24Vac output is needed, use a transformer with minimum output current of 0.5 Aac and connect as shown in the attached diagram:
24Vca
MAINS~
~0
~12
-J
-6
+6
MAINS~
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNITS Ref. 9006/1, 9006/2, 9006/14
AND 9006/22 WITH Ref. 786/11
~
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
~
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1f−−−− 13
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACING SWITCHBOARD SYSTEM POWER UNIT Ref. 9006/3 WITH Ref. 786/3A
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 9008/14 WITH Ref. 786/38A
REPLACING DOOR UNIT Ref. 5150/500 WITH Ref. 1128/500
REPLACING SWITCHBOARD SYSTEM POWER UNIT Ref. 9006/3 WITH Ref. 786/3A
The Ref. 786/3A power unit can replace the obsolete 9006/3 model.
The terminals correspond as follows:
Ref. 9006/3
POWER
OUTPUTS
Ref. 786/3
~0
0
~110
Not available
~220
~230
~240
Not available
~0
~0
~12
~12
-15
-15
+15
+15
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 9008/14 WITH Ref. 786/38A
The Ref. 786/38A power unit can replace the obsolete 9008/14 model.
The terminals correspond as follows:
Ref. 9008/14
POWER
OUTPUTS
Ref. 786/38A
~0
0
~110
~110
~220
~230
~240
Not available
~0
~0
~12
~12
~18
~18
+6
+6
-6
-6
-J
-J
REPLACING DOOR UNIT Ref. 5150/500 WITH Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 5150/500
Ref. 1128/500
+
+
-
1
1
1A
1A
2
2
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
-
14 −−−− sec.1f
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACING RELAY BOXES Ref. 788/21, Ref. 788/11, Ref. 4340/11 AND Ref. 4520/10 WITH
Ref. 788/52
The 788/52 relay box can replace the following obsolete models:
• Ref. 788/11
• Ref. 788/21
• Ref. 4340/11
• Ref. 4520/10
Ref. 788/21
Ref. 788/52
~12 (R1-1)
12~
C
C
CA
CA
0~
0~
6
6
2-7
2
S1
S1
S2
S2
S3
S3
S4
S4
S5
S5
S6
S6
Ref. 788/11
Ref. 788/52
~12 - R1 - 1
12~
2-7
2
~0
0~
CA
CA
C
C
6
6
S1
S1
S2 - S3
S3
Ref. 4340/11
Ref. 788/52
~12
12~
~0
0~
CA
CA
6
6
S1
S1
S3
S3
Ref. 4520/10
Ref. 788/52
R1
15
7
2
2
2
1
15
S1
S1
S2
S3
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
The terminals correspond as follows:
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACING RELAY BOXES Ref. 788/21, Ref. 788/11, Ref. 4340/11 AND Ref. 4520/10
WITH Ref. 788/21
sec.1f−−−− 15
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACING RELAY BOXES Ref. 9332/1, Ref. 4330/31 and Ref. 788/1 WITH Ref. 788/1
REPLACING SUPPLEMENTARY VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 7073/5A
WITH Ref. 789/2
REPLACING RELAY BOXES Ref. 9332/1, Ref. 4330/31 AND Ref. 788/1 WITH Ref. 788/1
The Ref. 788/51 relay box can replace the obsolete 9332/1 model.
The terminals correspond as follows:
Ref. 4330/31 Ref. 9332/1 Ref. 788/1 Ref. 788/51
2P
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2S
3
3
3
4P
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
4S
6
6
6
AP/P
7
7
7
AP
8
8
8
AP/S
9
9
9
3P
10
10
10
3
11
11
11
3S
12
12
12
.
13
13
13
.
14
14
14
.
15
15
15
PUL/P
SN1
SN1
SN1
PUL/P
SN2
SN2
SN2
C1
C1
♦A
B
♦ SN
C2
C2
~12
~12
~0
~0
∗
Note : Terminals C1, C2, ~12 of relay Ref. 788/51 must be connected together by jumpers and connected to ~12.
Note ∗: Terminal not present in Ref. 9332/1 and Ref. 788/51. Add power wire ~0.
REPLACING SUPPLEMENTARY VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 7073/5A WITH
Ref. 789/2
The Ref. 789/2 power unit can replace the obsolete Ref. 7073/5 model.
The terminals correspond as follows:
Ref. 7073/5
POWER
0
~110
Not available
~230
~230
R2 in
R2 in
R2 out
R2 out
RL
RL
R1
R1
V2
V2
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
OUTPUTS
Ref. 789/2
0
16 −−−− sec.1f
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 9330 (II SERIES) AND Ref. 788/30 WITH Ref. 788/52
REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 9332/5 AND Ref. 788/5 WITH Ref. 788/52
The Ref. 788/52 relay box can replace the obsolete 9332/5 and 788/5 model.
The terminals correspond as follows:
RELAY
CONTACTS
Ref. 9332/5
Ref. 788/5
Ref. 788/52
14
14
14
15
15
15
1
1
S1
2
2
S2
3
3
S3
4
4
S4
5
5
S5
6
6
S6
REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 9330 (II SERIES) AND Ref. 788/30 WITH Ref. 788/52
The Ref. 788/52 relay box can replace the obsolete 9330 II series model (which is not provided with a 150 ohm resistor in series with terminal
12) and 788/30 model.
The terminals correspond as follows:
RELAY
Ref. 788/30
Ref. 788/52
14
14
14
15
15
15
1
1
S1
2
2
S2
3
3
S3
4
4
S4
5
5
S5
6
6
S6
7
7
-
8
8
-
9
9
-
10
10
-
11
11
-
12
12
-
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
CONTACTS
Ref. 9330 (II series)
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 9332/5 AND Ref. 788/5 WITH Ref. 788/52
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1f−−−− 17
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 9332/8 AND Ref. 788/8 WITH Ref. 788/58
REPLACING 12VAC TRANSFORMER Ref. 9000/20 WITH Ref. 9000/230
REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 9332/8 AND Ref. 788/8 WITH Ref. 788/58
The Ref. 788/58 relay box can replace the obsolete 9332/8 and 788/8 model.
The terminals correspond as follows:
Ref. 9332/8
Ref. 788/8
1
1
1
2
2
2
-
-
-
AP
AP
AP
1I
1I
1I
2
I
I
2
2I
I
I
-
-I
I
I
API
AP
AP
II
1
II
1II
2
II
2II
1
II
2
-II
-II
II
-II
II
APII
AP
AP
III
III
1III
III
2III
III
-III
1
1
III
2
2
III
-
-
III
III
AP
AP
APIII
1IV
1IV
1IV
IV
2
IV
2IV
IV
-
IV
- IV
2
-
I
IV
I
AP
IV
AP
APIV
SN1
SN1
SN1
SN2
SN2
SN2
SN3
SN3
SN3
SN4
SN4
SN4
A
~0
~0
~12
~12
C1
C1
C2
C2
B♦
Note
Ref. 788/58
: Terminals C1, C2, ~12 of relay Ref. 788/58 must be connected together by jumpers and connected to ~12.
REPLACING 12VAC TRANSFORMER Ref. 9000/20 WITH Ref. 9000/230
The 9000/230 transformer can replace the obsolete 9000/20 model.
The terminals correspond as follows:
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
POWER
OUTPUTS
Ref. 9000/20
Ref. 9000/230
~0
0
Ref. 9000/110 (∗)
0
~110
Not available
~110
~220
~230
Not available
~240
Not available
Not available
~0
~0
~0
~12
~12
~12
(∗) Not available in Italy.
18 −−−− sec.1f
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 9332/5 AND Ref. 788/5 WITH Ref. 788/52
REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 9330 (II SERIES) AND Ref. 788/30 WITH Ref. 788/52
REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 788/4 WITH Ref. 788/54
POWER
COLUMN
INPUT
(A, B, C, D)
POWER
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
Ref. 788/4
Ref. 788/54
GND
GND
IN H
IN H
~B
~B
~A
~A
+TC
+TC
R2
R2
R1
R1
9
9
6
6
R2
R2
R1
R1
V5
V5
V3
V3
2
2
1
1
+6
+6
-6
-6
+TC
+TC
R1
R1
V5
V5
V3
V3
2
2
1
1
SE
SE
~0
~0
~12
~12
C1
C1
SN1
SN1
C2
C2
SN2
SN2
C3
C3
SN3
SN3
C4
C4
SN4
SN4
~12
~12
~0
~0
+6
+6
-6
-6
AP
AP
SE
SE
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
The Ref. 788/54 relay box can replace the obsolete 788/4 model.
The terminals correspond as follows:
sec.1f−−−− 19
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACEMENT OPTIONS FOR RANGER, EXPLORER, VEDETTE AND SENTINEL
IN TRADITIONAL CALL SYSTEM VIDEO DOOR PHONES SYSTEMS
REPLACEMENT OPTIONS FOR RANGER, EXPLORER, VEDETTE AND SENTINEL IN TRADITIONAL
CALL SYSTEM VIDEO DOOR PHONES SYSTEMS
RANGER VIDEO DOOR PHONES
WINFLAT+ BRACKET Ref. 1202/590 FOR ADAPTING COAX VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
Ranger video door phones Ref. 1201/1 (and respective brackets Ref. 1201/90) can be replaced in traditional call video door phone systems with
Atlantico video door phones Ref. 1702/1 and specific bracket Ref. 1202/590.
The terminals on Ref. 1202/590 brackets have the same numbers as the Ref. 1201/90 brackets to replace simply by connecting the wires in the
same way.
Note that the replacement is only possible in systems fitting Ranger basic model Ref. 1201/1 with bracket Ref. 1201/90. It is not possible in
systems with switchboard, special systems and intercom systems because bracket Ref. 1202/590 is not suitable for replacing special brackets
Ref. 1201/91, Ref. 1201/761, Ref. 1201/711, Ref. 1201/731 and Ref. 1201/751.
WINFLAT+ BRACKET Ref. 1202/591 FOR ADAPTING VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS WITHOUT COAXIAL CABLE
Ranger video door phones Ref. 955/5 with brackets Ref. 955/74 can be replaced in 5-wire systems with Atlantico video door phones Ref. 1702/1
using adapter bracket Ref. 1202/591.
Replacement is only possible in basic systems.
EXPLORER, VEDETTE, SENTINEL AND VIDOFONO VIDEO DOOR PHONES
SENTRY VIDEO DOOR PHONE WITH BRACKET Ref. 1704/20A FOR ADAPTING EXPLORER, VEDETTE, SENTINEL AND VIDOFONO
SYSTEMS
EXPLORER, VEDETTE and SENTINEL video door phones can be replaced with SENTRY+ Ref. 1704/20A video door phones in traditional call
video door phone systems.
SENTRY+ Ref. 1704/20A is a video door phone with a 4.5” kinescope screen arranged on the longest side in the horizontal direction.
The SENTRY+ Ref. 1704/20A bracket terminals have the same numbers as the EXPLORER, VEDETTE, SENTINEL and VIDOFONO terminal
boards to simply connect the wires in the same way.
This video door phone can be fitted only in traditional basic systems (with 12Vac call). It is not suitable for use in switchboard or intercom systems
because the bracket is not suitable to replace all versions.
SENTRY+ Ref. 1704/20A is complete with bracket and white. The monitor is a reflex version; brightness and contrast can be adjusted by means
of the controls. The call signal is sent to the buzzer fitted on the bracket. The door lock can be released by pressing the “
” button. The two
service buttons “ ” and “ ” can be used to operate accessory circuits.
SENTRY+ Ref. 1704/20A video door phones are used to view the picture from a camera arranged to frame a field with the longest side arranged
vertically. This arrangement causes a 25 to 30% reduction of the framed field with respect to EXPLORER, VEDETTE, SENTINEL and VIDOFONO
video door phones.
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DOOR PHONES
Sentry+
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
(C3)
(C2)
(C5)
(C9)
(C1)
(C4)
(C7)
(C10)
(C6)
(C8)
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Ref.1704/20
[1]
[2]
[6]
[10]
[7]
[9]
[X1]
[X2]
[Y1]
[Y2]
Explorer
Sentinel
Scout
Sentry+
Vedette,Vidofono
Sentinel,Explorer
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Vedette
Vidofono
RISING COLUMN
Sentry+ video door phone is provided with an additional speaker to considerably increase volume of the call.
Connecting the wires to the system is fast via terminal boards on the bracket to which the video door phone is then fitted.
20 −−−− sec.1f
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
200 mm
99 mm
230 mm
Service button
Service button
Door opener button
Call volume
Contrast adjustment
Brightness adjustment
The device is provided with the following controls:
).
• One door opening button (
• Two service buttons (
and ) which can be used, for example, to switch on the staircase lights, open an additional lock or to implement
automatic switch-on function.
• Two potentiometers for adjusting picture brightness ( ) and contrast ( ).
• One switch for three-position call tone volume adjustment ( ) (minimum, medium and maximum volume).
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power voltage:
16 ÷ 18.5Vdc
Intake:
Working:
max. 0.65A
Stand-by:
0A
Power:
Working:
max. 12W
CCIR version:
Vertical frequency
50Hz ± 2Hz
Horizontal frequency: 15625 ± 400Hz
EIA version:
Vertical frequency
60Hz ± 2Hz
Horizontal frequency: 15734 ± 400Hz
Video signal:
1Vpp 75Ω nominal
1Vpp. -6 dB minimum
Kinescope:
4.5” 90° neck 20mm
Switch-on delay:
7” max
X-rays:
none
Operating temperature range:
-5°÷ + 50°C
Humidity:
max. 90% RH
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACEMENT OPTIONS FOR RANGER, EXPLORER, VEDETTE AND SENTINEL
IN TRADITIONAL CALL SYSTEM VIDEO DOOR PHONES SYSTEMS
TERMINAL BOARD
1
Speaker signal
CA
Call signal
2
Microphone signal
6
Power ground
10
9
Door opener control
X1
Service button terminals
X2
Y1
Service button terminals
Y2
R3
Silent video on
R1
Video power negative
R2
Video power positive
RT
Secondary monitor power positive
Composite video signal for second monitor in-out connection
V4
(connect a 75Ω resistor between V4 and V5 if not present)
V5
Video signal earth
V3
Composite video signal
}
INSTALLATION
Arrange the duct so that it ends in correspondence with the input hole
on the bracket and proceed as follows:
1) Fasten the bracket to the wall at the height from the floor shown by
means of the four screws.
2) Connect the wires to the specific terminals.
3) Extract the retainer hook A by inserting the tip of a screwdriver and
pulling the hook downwards.
4) Check that switch on back of video door phone is in the A
position.
1,55 m
Bracket
A
B
5) Fasten the monitor to the bracket.
6) Fasten the monitor by pushing the retainer hook A upwards.
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
A
sec.1f−−−− 21
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
}
}
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACEMENT OF SENTRY VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH ARTICO
SENTRY+ BRACKET REPLACEMENT
REPLACEMENT OF SENTRY VIDEO DOOR
PHONES WITH ARTICO
Using the bracket without circuit for the Artico video door phone
Réf. 1705/100 it is possible to replace the Sentry video door phones in
any type of system. Proceed as follows:
1. Remove the Sentry video door phone from the bracket.
2. Disconnect all conductors from the Sentry bracket terminals.
3. Loosen the 4 fastening screws from the wall bracket
4. Remove the printed circuit from the Sentry bracket by loosening
the 2 fastening screws (A).
SENTRY+ BRACKET REPLACEMENT
Procure a plastic support Ref.1704/102 and the Artico bracket
corresponding to the system in use in the installation to replace a faulty
Sentry+ video door phone bracket:
• Coax
Ref. 1705/90
• 5 wires
Ref. 1705/955
Then proceed as follows:
• Remove the printed circuit from the Artico bracket.
Artico bracket
Sentry bracket
A
• Fasten the printed circuit on the plastic support Ref. 1704/102.
5. Fit the printed circuit on the Artico bracket Ref. 1705/100 using the
2 screws provided (screws B)
6. Fasten the Artico bracket to the wall using the 4 screws fastening
the Sentry bracket
Plastic support
Ref. 1704/102
Bracket Ref. 1705/100
B
7. Reconnect the wires to the specific terminals.
8. Insert the Artico video door phone on the bracket fastening it with
the hook A.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Remove the Sentry video door phone from the bracket.
Disconnect all conductors from the Sentry bracket terminals.
Loosen the 4 fastening screws from the wall bracket.
Fasten the plastic support on the printed circuit to the wall.
Reconnect the wires to the specific terminals.
Fit the video door phone on the bracket.
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Ref. 1705/1
Bracket
Ref. 1705/100
A
22 −−−− sec.1f
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 786/1 WITH Ref. 786/11
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 786/14 WITH Ref. 786/11
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 786/1 WITH Ref. 786/11
The Ref. 786/11 power unit can replace the obsolete 786/1 model.
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 786/1
POWER
OUTPUTS
0
0
~230
~230
+6
+6
-6
-6
-J
-J
~0
~0
~12
~12
PS
PS
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 786/14 WITH Ref. 786/11
The Ref. 786/11 power unit can replace the obsolete 786/14 model.
The terminals correspond as follows:
Ref. 786/1
POWER
OUTPUTS
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 786/12 (*)
0
0
0
~230
~230
Not available
~110
Not available
~110
+6
+6
+6
-6
-6
-6
-J
-J
-J
~0
~0
~0
~12
~12
~12
~18
(#)
(#)
PS
PS
PS
(∗) Not available in Italy.
(#) If a 18Vac output is needed, use a transformer with minimum output current of 0.5 Aac and connect as shown in the attached diagram:
18Vca
MAINS~
~0
~12
-J
-6
+6
~
MAINS~
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
~
sec.1f−−−− 23
REPLACING SCAITEL VIDE DOOR PHONE
Mod.Atlantico (A)
Mod.Artico (A)
Mod.Scaitel (B)
Ref.1702/1
Ref.1705/1
Ref.1732/1
Ref.1132/1
Ref.1132/55
BLACK/WHITE
Video door phone
Bracket
Ref.1202/90
Ref.1705/90
Ref.1732/91
COLOUR
Video door phone
Ref.1702/40
--
Ref.1732/41
Ref.1132/1
Ref.1132/55
Bracket
Ref.1202/90
--
Ref.1732/91
SCAITEL
VIDEO DOOR PHONE
VIDEO MODULE DOOR PHONE
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
REPLACING SCAITEL VIDE DOOR PHONE
24 −−−− sec.1f
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
EASIVOICE
(REV.A)
BASIC DIAGRAMS
SECTION 2
EASIVOICE SYSTEM
EASIVOICE
SYSTEM
Download from:
www.urmetdomus.com
Technical Manuals area
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.2 −−−− 1
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM - Section 2
SECTION 2 CONTENTS
EASIVOICE
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
Diagram
Sec.
Pag.
EASIVOICE SYSTEM
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM Mod. 926
SYSTEM FEATURES.............................................................................................................................................................................2 ................ 3
EQUIPMENT ..........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................ 3
INTERCOM DOOR PHONE FEATURES...............................................................................................................................................2 ................ 3
Installation ..........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................ 3
PUSH BUTTON PANEL AND AMPLIFIED LOUDSPEAKING UNIT......................................................................................................2 ................ 8
POWER SUPPLY Ref. 926/2 .................................................................................................................................................................2 ................ 4
Features .............................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................ 5
Technical data ....................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................ 5
FUNCTIONS...........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................ 5
Single call ...........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................ 5
Redial reservation...............................................................................................................................................................................2 ................ 5
Clearing the line..................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................ 5
Conference call...................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................ 6
Follow-me ...........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................ 6
General calls (only from authorized intercom door phone).................................................................................................................2 ................ 6
Answering a call from the outdoor station...........................................................................................................................................2 ................ 6
PROGRAMMING....................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................ 6
INSTALLATION ......................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................ 6
Wires laying ........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................ 6
Wire section ........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................ 7
Connection to the general call unit .....................................................................................................................................................2 ................ 7
Connection to the call station .............................................................................................................................................................2 ................ 7
Installations with one call key .............................................................................................................................................................2 ................ 7
Installations with two or more call keys...............................................................................................................................................2 ................ 7
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 25 INTERCOM DOOR PHONES
Possibility of general call service by means of loudspeakers......................................................................... SC101-0313E ................2 ................ 8
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 97 INTERCOM DOOR PHONES
Possibility of general call service by means of loudspeakers......................................................................... SC101-0315E ................2 ............. 10
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 16 INTERCOM DOOR PHONES
With possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station
All the intercom house phones are called in parallel from the outdoor station ..............................................SC101-0316G ................2 ............. 12
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 16 INTERCOM DOOR PHONES
With possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station The intercoms are divided in two groups of 8.
The outdoor station is equipped with two keys:
with one of them it calls in parallel the 8 intercoms of group I, with the second one those of group II ..........SC101-0361G ................2 ............. 14
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 16 INTERCOM DOOR PHONES
With possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station. The intercoms are called separately from theoutdoor station.
Possibility of paging service by means of loudspeakers ................................................................................ SC101-0382F ................2 ............. 16
2 −−−− sec.2
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM Mod. 926
EQUIPMENT
Electronic intercom Mod. 926 can be installed in any building for
a simple and efficient phonic communication system capable of
supporting several communications simultaneously.
The device forming part of the system are as follows:
• Intercom door phone
• Intercom door phone and with connection
to loudspeaking unit
• Table kit
• Power supply for electronic Intercom
Up to 97 intercom door phone can be interconnected. There is no
centralized device to manage the system since each intercom contains
the necessary electronics for handling a dialogue with the rest of the
installation.
Ref. 926/1
Ref. 926/2
Ref. 926/4
Ref. 926/3
There can be up to four independent communications simultaneously.
INTERCOM DOOR PHONE FEATURES
A general call can be made through an independent fifth phonic
channel.
The intercom door phone can either be installed on a wall or on a
table.
Adaptation kit Ref. 926/4, consisting of an inclined stand to facilitate
the use of the intercom itself, is available for table installations.
Programming is very easy and does not require having to open the
intercom door phone.
There are two versions of the intercom door phone which can be easily
distinguished one from the other by the presence or absence of the
door-opener key:
• Intercom model
Ref. 926/1
• Intercom model that can be connected to
a loudspeaking unit
Ref. 926/2
INSTALLATION
WALL SET
Mod. 926
EASIVOICE
SYSTEM FEATURES - EQUIPMENT - INTERCOM DOOR PHONE FEATURES
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM Mod. 926
There are two versions:
• Connection to 97 intercoms max. only with intercom service.
• Connection to 25 intercoms max. with intercom service and with
possibility of answer to outdoor station.
SYSTEM FEATURES
The following is a summary of system features:
• Connection of a maximum of 97 intercom door phones.
• Very easy programming of the door phone codes that can be made
directly from outside (of the same door phone).
• 4 simultaneous and independent conversations.
• Possibility of conference among 4 door phones max.
• Possibility of busy line insertion.
• Clearing the line (only from an activated door phone).
• Possibility to oblige the user to answer.
• Possibility to route the call to another door phone (follow-me).
This function - if necessary - can be modified for realizing
automatically the “secretary function”.
• “Secretary” function, that is the possibility to transfer the incoming
calls from an intercom “x” to a “y” one. Anyway “y” can call “x” and
the last one can make outgoing calls.
• Paging function carried out by means of a 5th independent and
dedicated line, connected to a loudspeaker by means of an amplifier
(only from activated intercom/s).
• Possibility of connection to an amplifier able to manage sound and
message diffusion with “disk-jockey” function (automatic lowering of
the sound diffusion volume during the sounding message).
• Possibility to receive door phone calls from a call station appropriately
connected (only for Mod. 926/2).
In case the intercom is already engaged in conversation with another
indoor set, the possible call from the outdoor station is signaled both
visually and acoustically.
• Automatic lowering of the sound intensity of the beep on the
loudspeaker when the handset is unhooked and the hook is pressed
with a finger.
about 1,5m
The intercom should be mounted about 1,5m from the floor.
To remove the intercom casing from the base, lift up with a screwdriver
in the area indicated.
Lift off the casing.
Use the screw anchors and screws furnished with the intercom to
fasten the base to the wall.
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
EASIVOICE SYSTEM
The system utilizes a single phonic ground conductor, therefore
it cannot guarantee absolute secrecy of conversation, i.e. during
the course of a conversation, it may be possible to hear another
conversation in course on another line (crosstalk effect) at a
distance. It will be necessary to adopt appropriate measures to
minimize this problem.
sec.2 −−−− 3
Mod. 926
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM Mod. 926
EASIVOICE
PUSH BUTTON PANEL AND AMPLIFIED LOUDSPEAKING UNIT - POWER SUPPLY Ref. 926/3
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM
TABLE SET
The connection cable wires to the door phone socket wire are very
specific for table installations. They must be connected to the intercom
terminals as follows:
MI
Black
D
Yellow
+12 Red
MF Gray
L1
Green
L2
Blue
L3
Pink
L4
Brown
L5
White
Connection for the loudspeaking unit (Ref. 926/2 only):
CA
Yellow-Gray
2
Pink-Black
1
Yellow-Black
-/~
Black-Gray
AP
Yellow-Pink
For table mounting it is necessary to buy the table kit that includes
stand, cord with socket and accessories Ref. 926/4.
Yellow - Gray
Pink - Black
Yellow - Black
Black - Gray
Yellow - Pink
Proceed as follows:
• Remove the intercom casing by means of a screwdriver in the area
indicated, rotating the cover on the two upper hooks.
• Release the two side latches E by pressing them from the inside of
zone F.
• Fix the plate under the base by means of the proper screws.
• Insert under the base, in the proper holes, the two self adhesive
rubbers (included in the socket kit).
• Insert the cord with socket and fix it to the hook. Then connect the
system wires to the correspondent terminals of the terminal board.
Black
Yellow
Red
Gray
Green
Blue
Pink
Brown
White
PUSH BUTTON PANEL
LOUDSPEAKING UNIT
AND
AMPLIFIED
The devices normally used in 4+n wire door phone systems can be
employed.
POWER SUPPLY Ref. 926/3
45
h.
75 mm
Sc
mm
6/3
92
m
EASIVOICE SYSTEM
9
11 0 m
8m m
m
2m
16
This power supply has been designed according to the IEC 12/13
5th Ed. Dec. 1988 International Security Regulations - and is built
following the present market requirements, the tendency of which is to
centralize the electric equipment in proper cabinets.
4 −−−− sec.2
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
The power supply 926/3 is set for a medium system of 25 intercoms
(926/1). In case of systems with more intercoms, connect more power
supplies in parallel, up to 4 max. In this case follow carefully the
system schemes.
the intercom is disconnected from the line and it will communicate, on
the data line, the end of the conversation to the caller who, in his turn,
will disconnect his intercom physically and logically from the line. The
handset will be mute until the hanging up.
On the contrary, If the caller hangs up the handset, he will free the line,
physically and logically, and he will communicate to the called party
the end of conversation. This last one, in his turn, will disconnect the
intercom physically.
TECHNICAL DATA
• Electrical characteristics
Transformer power:
Powering:
Secondary voltages:
38 VA
110/230 ~
11.5V
24V
24V
0.6 A
40 mA max.
10 mA max.
• Powering 11.5 V section:
It supplies powering to the intercoms and max. current of 600 mA;
• Phonic line powering section:
It includes 5 identic circuits. Each circuit supplies a constant current
of about 30 mA with max. voltage of 24 V;
• Data output:
It supplies a voltage of 24 V with a resistance series 2.2 K Ω per data
wire.
• Amplifier output:
On this output the signal coming from the 5th phonic line is injected
and it is uncoupled by means of condenser. The output circuit
includes two schottky diodes with a 150 Ω resistance in parallel.
• Operating temperature:
0° C ÷ 40°C
• Dimensions:
Length:
162 mm
Thickness:
75 mm
Width (with side protections):
108 mm
Width (without side protections):
90 mm
Weight:
0.950 Kg
Connections:
by means of terminals with clamping screw
FUNCTIONS
All functions can be activated through the 12-key alphanumeric keypad
located on the base of the intercom:
NOTE:
R = Redial
F = Follow-me
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
R
0
F
The key located on the upper right of Mod. 926/2 is used for opening
the door. Other functions (clearing a line, general call) can only be
performed from authorized (enabled) intercoms. The activation of
these functions can only be done during the programming phase.
Please consult the chapter on programming for further information.
SINGLE CALL
A conversation cannot last longer than 10 minutes in order to allow
other users access to the phone lines. Once this time has lapsed,
an acoustic “end-of-conversation warning” signal will be sent to both
intercom door phones.
The communication will be disconnected 10 seconds after the warning
signal.
REDIAL RESERVATION
Caller
If the number called is engaged, an automatic redial reservation can
be activated by pressing the “R” key before hanging up. Then listen for
the tone:
• No tone: automatic redial reservation was accepted → hang up.
• Persistent busy tone: automatic redial reservation was not accepted
because the number called already has an automatic redial reserved
onto its line from another intercom → hang up and try again later.
When the intercom door phone that was reserved to becomes free,
the caller who initiated the reservation will automatically receive a
call-back.
Attention: there will be situations in which the call-back will not take
place. These situations will be described in the “Called Party” section
below.
Called Party
During the course of a normal conversation, any reservations to the
line will be indicated by a blinking led on the intercom. The user who is
the subject of a reservation has two courses of action:
• He can decide “a priori” to eliminate the reservation by pressing the
“R” key either during the course of the conversation or immediately
after hanging up (within 5 seconds).
• He can decide to talk to whoever had reserved by hanging up and
waiting for the system to automatically set up the communication
and then for his intercom to ring.
If all of the phonic lines are not engaged, this will take place
within 5 seconds after hanging up. If, however, all the lines are
engaged, the system will attempt to establish the communication
every 15 seconds, up to maximum of 10 trials. The reservation will
be canceled if the tenth attempt was also unsuccessful.
CLEARING THE LINE
Caller (only from authorized intercom door phones)
Lift the handset and dial the number of the called party. If this party is
on the line (busy tone is heard and led is off), the line can be “cleared”
i.e. the conversation in course can be disconnected. To do so, simply
dial the special “00” number.
Conversation will be established with the cleared intercom door phone
within 20 seconds.
Caller
To talk to another intercom station:
• Lift the handset.
• Dial the TWO DIGIT number of the other-party.
• Listen for the tone and observe the led:
• Ringing tone: wait for the called party to answer.
• Busy tone and led off: the number called is engaged → try again
later or activate the automatic redial function or the clear the line
function (if authorized).
• Busy tone and led on: the 4 telephone lines are engaged → try
again later.
Called Party
A clearing request during the course of a normal conversation will be
identified both acoustically and visually (blinking led).
At this point, the called party will have 20 seconds in which to terminate
the conversation in course.
There are two possible courses of action:
• Hang up within 20 seconds. The intercom will ring and when the
handset is lifted, communication will be established with the caller
who had initiated the “clearing”.
• If the called party does not hang up within 20 seconds, he will be
disconnected from his current conversation and connected with the
caller who had requested the “clearing”.
Called Party
When the phone rings, lift up the handset and begin the conversation.
At the end of the conversation, if the called party hangs up the handset
The line clearing function WILL HAVE NO EFFECT on another
intercom which is also authorized to clear lines or if the intercom is in
communication with the outdoor station.
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.2 −−−− 5
EASIVOICE SYSTEM
FEATURES
Mod. 926
EASIVOICE
FUNCTIONS
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM Mod. 926
Mod. 926
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM Mod. 926
EASIVOICE
PROGRAMMING - INSTALLATION
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM
CONFERENCE CALL
The conference function can connect up to four different users in one
phonic communication. Only the intercom which made the first call
can call other intercom in the course of a conversation. In order to
include another intercom in the conversation, simply dial the extension
number. One of the following situations will occur:
• The intercom door phone called is free: when the handset is lifted,
the called party will be included in the conversation in course.
• The intercom door phone is free: if the handset is not lifted within 30
seconds, the call will not go through.
• The intercom door phone called is engaged: there will be a busy
tone of a short duration.
FOLLOW-ME
This function allows incoming calls to be routed to another intercom.
Up to a maximum of eight other intercoms can be routed to one
intercom. Several consecutive reroutings of calls from one intercom
can be made to several different intercoms.
How to forward calls from one intercom door phone to another
• Go to the other intercom door phone.
• Lift the handset of the other intercom.
• Press the dedicated “F” key and dial the number of your intercom
door phone.
• Listen for the tone on the handset; one of the following two situations
will take place:
• Dial tone: the operation was successful → hang up.
• Busy tone: calls cannot be routed because calls to 8 other
intercoms have already been forwarded to that intercom → hang
up.
How to reset your intercom door phone
• Return to your intercom.
• Lift the handset.
• Press the dedicated “F” key and dial your own number.
• Hang up.
Secretary function
This function permits the user to route his own incoming calls to
another intercom (i.e. the secretary one). All his own incoming calls
are routed to the secretary intercom EXCEPT the call that arrives
from the same secretary. In this way the secretary can, if needed,
“announce” the calls; anyway it cannot “transfer” the call. The routed
set can always make outgoing calls (and then it can call again the
person “announced” by the secretary). This function can be carried
out by modifying the “follow me” as regard to the last paragraph (the
crossed one).
EASIVOICE SYSTEM
GENERAL CALLS (only from authorized intercom
door phone)
A general call can be made through a loudspeaker connected to a
suitable amplifier.
The general call can take place at the same time as four other
conversations, without interfering with them. General call can only be
made from intercoms which were explicitly defined for making such
calls during the programming phase.
To make a general call:
• Lift the handset.
• Dial the special “99” number.
• Wait for the “ding-dong” to be generated.
• Make the announcement.
• Redial the special “99” number.
• Hang up.
ANSWERING A CALL FROM THE OUTDOOR
STATION
This feature is only available on Ref. 926/2 intercom door phone.
A call from the outdoor station produces a different acoustic signal
from the normal one and can be easily recognized. Lift the handset to
establish communication; the open-door key can be used to operate
the electric lock at any point.
6 −−−− sec.2
When a user, engaged in conversation with the outdoor station,
receives a call from the inside, he visualize the call on the led without
the possibility to be interrupted (not even with the clearing the line
function).
Vice versa, when a user, engaged in conversation with another internal
user, receives a call from an outdoor station, he will see the blinking
led up to the call key is pressed and he will hear an acoustic signal that
indicates the call with more emphasis.
PROGRAMMING
All the intercom door phones are produced and tested by URMET
DOMUS. They are all programmed with the following values during the
testing phase:
• Number: 98
• General call function disabled: 0
• Line clearing disabled: 0
The devices must all be programmed with two digits, e.g. from 01 to
09, from 10 to 19, from 20 to 25, or with any other number from 01 to
97.
These values can be changed at any time through the keypad by
following the procedure described below:
• Simultaneously press the “R” and the “F” keys for two seconds. If
one or two “beeps” are heard while the keys are pressed, it means
that the two keys were not pressed simultaneously → repeat the
operation.
• When the led is lit and a brief acoustic tone is heard, release the two
keys.
• Enter the number to be assigned to the intercom.
• The led will go off for a short interval and then go on again,
coinciding with a brief acoustic tone.
• Set authorization (1) or disable (0) for the general call function.
• The led will go off for a short interval and then go on again,
coinciding with a brief acoustic tone.
• Set authorization (1) or disable (0) for the line clearing function.
• The led goes off definitively, coinciding with a brief acoustic tone.
If the procedure described above is not completed within 30 seconds,
the intercom will return to normal operating conditions, without storing
the setting that were entered.
INSTALLATION
WIRES LAYING
All system intercom door phones must be interconnected in parallel
using 9 wires (or 8 if the general call installation is not provided for).
These wires have the following functions:
• 1 for the power supply voltage
+ 12
• 1 for the logical ground
ML
• 1 for the data line
D
• 4 for the 4 phonic lines
L1, L2, L3, L4
• 1 for the general call phonic line (this wire can be
omitted on installations where this feature is not required)
L5
• 1 for the phonic ground
MF
In addition, installations connected to a Call Station must be considered
4+N additional wires, which increase the number of wires to the
installation to 13+N (where N depends on the number of call keys used
– usually 1 or 2).
These 4+N wires are used as follows:
• 3 for the talk volume (F1, F2 and ground).
• 1 for the door-opener.
• N for the call.
If the GENERAL call amplifier is not used do not connect the wire L5.
The maximum distance between the power supply and the furthest
intercom must be less than 200 meters.
The maximum distance between two intercom door phones to ensure
a relatively low cross-talk effect is 200 meters. The cross-talk effect
increases progressively with an increase in distance.
It is therefore advisable to avoid unnecessary connections distances.
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
WIRE SECTION
The section of the wires to be used depends on the distance between
the two intercoms furthest from the installation.
Note carefully the following table:
Max distance (meters) 50
Section (mm2)
0,50
R (Ohm/Km)
35
100
0,80
21,8
200
1
17,5
Should it be necessary to have larger installations, it would be possible
to resort to a solution in which more branches lead off from one point,
as illustrated in the figure below. In this case, the cross-talk effect
would remain unchanged within each individual branch ( the maximum
distance between any two intercoms must therefore be less than 200
meters). However, intercoms on different branches would not have any
effect on each other. This type of solution can also be used on normal
installations, i.e. for short distances, to further reduce the cross-talk
effect.
of 926/2 intercoms which can be connected in parallel depends, in
this case, on the total number of intercoms (926/1 + 926/2) in the
installation.
The following table summarizes the situation for standard installations
with just one power supply.
Total numbers
of intercoms
(926/1 + 926/2)
Number of 926/2
which can be connected
to a Call Station
on one call button
1
2
.
.
.
15
16
1
2
.
.
.
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
15
14
14
13
12
12
11
10
10
Mod. 926
EASIVOICE
INSTALLATION
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM Mod. 926
Note that when the total number of intercom door phones in the
installation is less than 16, they can all be type 926/2 and can be
connected to the Call Station on the one call key. As the total number
of intercoms in the installation is increased, the number of 926/2 which
can be connected to a Call Station decreases progressively to 10.
INSTALLATIONS WITH TWO OR MORE CALL KEYS
CONNECTION TO THE GENERAL CALL UNIT
A suitable amplifier must be connected between the “A+” and the
“A-” terminals of the power supply in order to equip the installation
with a general call system. The amplifier must have a 0,775 mV (or
dBm) input with an input impedance greater than 50 Ohm and with
its output power selected in function of the number and power of the
loudspeakers to be used.
It is recommended that the amplifier be placed as close to the power
supply as possible and be connected to it with a shielded cable.
This type of installation is used in small buildings (2/4/8/ apartments)
where intercommunications and the “Follow-me” feature would be of
interest. In this case, the cable conduit would be 8 (or 9) + 4 + N wires,
which would limit possible applications to small user bases.
Type 926/2 intercoms must be used. They must be grouped in several
groups (usually 1, 2 or 3 units each), each of which is assigned to a call
key. When there is a call, all intercoms within the same group will ring
simultaneously. The first intercom to answer will automatically exclude
the other intercom door phone in that group, thus ensuring secrecy of
conversation.
The table in the previous section remains valid, even though the
number of 926/2 intercoms that are connected to each call key is
generally 1 or at maximum, 2 or 3, in this type of installation.
CONNECTION TO THE CALL STATION
EASIVOICE SYSTEM
Installation can be made with up to two Call Stations with automatic
switching (through a 788/1 relay box). Each Call Station must consists
of a Loudspeaking Unit and a certain number of call keys.
Power to the Call Station must be supplied separately by a dedicated
power supply (e.g. Ref. 786/1A). Connections to the loudspeaking unit
must be made through terminal 1A. The electric lock must be activated
through a Ref. 788/21 repeater relay. The door-opener is always a
“free door-opener”, i.e. the door can be opened at any time by pressing
the door opener-key.
INSTALLATIONS WITH ONE CALL KEY
A basic installation is one in which several intercoms (type 926/2) are
connected to a Call Station and can all answer a single call key. In
this case, when there is a call, all 926/2 intercoms will ring at the same
time. The first intercom to answer will automatically exclude the other
intercom, thus ensuring conversation privacy. The maximum number
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.2 −−−− 7
BASIC DIAGRAMS
EASIVOICE
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 25 INTERCOM DOOR PHONES
Possibility of general call service by means of loudspeakers
FEATURES
EQUIPMENT
This system allows an intercom service up to 25 intercom door phones
maximum and with possibility of 4 simultaneous and independent
conversations.
It is possible to make a general call by means of a 5th independent
phonic channel.
All the intercom door phones must be programmed with two digits,
i.e. from 01 to 09, from 10 to 19, from 20 to 25, or any other number
between 01 and 97.
For said installation (Scheme SC101-0313E) the following:
N. 25
N. 1
Intercom door phones
Power supply
N. 1
Amplifier
Possible and not supplied by URMET DOMUS
Loudspeakers
Possible and not supplied by URMET DOMUS
N. X
Ref. 926/1
Ref. 926/3
Connect the GENERAL CALL installation only if necessary. It is
recommended that the amplifier be placed as close to the power
supply as possible and be connected to it with a shielded cable.
The power supply Ref. 926/3 is sized for an average installation of 25
intercoms. A larger number of intercoms will require additional power
supplies connected in parallel, each of which will supply power to its
own group of 25.
It is recommended that the power supply Ref. 926/3 be placed at the
center of the installation to minimize the cross-talk effect.
25
24
9
WIRES
As indicated in Scheme SC101-0313E.
9 wires common to all the intercom door phones coming from the
power supply are necessary.
In case the amplifier is not used for the GENERAL CALL, do not
connect the wire L5 among the several intercoms. The common wires
are reduced to 8.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
CY.001
CY.002
CY.003
CY.004
VX.008
9
2
9
9
01
9
EASIVOICE SYSTEM
02
8 −−−− sec.2
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
EASIVOICE
AMPLIFIER
(CY.004)
EASIVOICE SYSTEM
(CY.002)
LINE˜
(VX.008)
POWER SUPPLY
shielded cable
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SETS Mod.926
LOUDSPEAKER
SC101-0313E
BASIC DIAGRAMS
COLLEGAMENTO INTERCOMUNICANTE DI UN MASSIMO DI
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 25 INTERCOM DOOR PHONES
Possibility of general call service by means of loudspeakers
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.2 −−−− 9
BASIC DIAGRAMS
COLLEGAMENTO INTERCOMUNICANTE DI UN MASSIMO DI
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 97 INTERCOM DOOR PHONES
Possibility of general call service by means of loudspeakers
EASIVOICE
FEATURES
EQUIPMENT
This system allows an intercom service up to 97 intercom door phones
maximum and with possibility of 4 simultaneous and independent
conversations.
It is possible to make a general call by means of a 5th independent
phonic channel.
The intercom door phones must all be programmed with two digits,
i.e. from 01 to 09, from 10 to 19, from 20 to 25, or any other number
between 01 and 97.
For said installation (Scheme SC101-0315E) the following:
N. 97
N. 4
Intercom door phones
Power supplies
N. 1
Amplifier
Possible and not supplied by URMET DOMUS
Loudspeakers
Possible and not supplied by URMET DOMUS
N. X
Ref. 926/1
Ref. 926/3
Connect the GENERAL CALL installation only if necessary. It is
recommended that the amplifier be placed as close to the power
supply as possible and be connected to it with a shielded cable.
The power supply Ref. 926/3 is sized for an average installation of 25
intercoms. A larger number of intercoms will require additional power
supplies connected in parallel, each of which will supply power to its
own group of 25.
It is recommended that the power supply Ref. 926/3 be placed at the
center of the installation to minimize the cross-talk effect.
50
7
7
2
2
2
97
As indicated in Scheme SC101-0315E.
7 wires common to all the intercom door phones coming from the
power supply are necessary.
Each power supply feeds its group of 25 intercoms with 2 wires
common to the intercoms of that group.
In case the amplifier is not used for the GENERAL CALL, do not
connect the wire L5 among the several intercoms. The common wires
are reduced to 6.
DIAGRAM NOTES
2
2
2
26
7
7
76
25
7
7
75
2
2
2
WIRES
(see section 1)
CY.001
CY.002
CY.003
CY.004
VX.008
2
2
2
7
7
01
51
22
EASIVOICE SYSTEM
7 22
10 −−−− sec.2
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
(VX.008)
(CY.002)
(VX.008)
(CY.002)
II GROUP
(VX.008)
(CY.002)
III GROUP
(VX.008)
(CY.002)
IV GROUP
II GROUP OF 25 SETS
shielded cable
LINE~
AMPLIFIER
(CY.004)
III GROUP OF 25 SETS
LOUDSPEAKER
IV GROUP OF 22 SETS
SC101-0315E
sec.2 −−−− 11
BASIC DIAGRAMS
EASIVOICE
EASIVOICE SYSTEM
POWER SUPPLY
I GROUP
I GROUP OF 25 SETS
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SETS Mod.926
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 97 INTERCOM DOOR PHONES
Possibility of general call service by means of loudspeakers
BASIC DIAGRAMS
EASIVOICE
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 16 INTERCOM DOOR PHONES
With possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station
All the intercom door phones are called in parallel from the outdoor station
FEATURES
EQUIPMENT
This system allows an intercom service up to 16 intercom door phones
maximum and with possibility to answer to the calls coming from the
outdoor station. It is possible to make 4 simultaneous conversations
among the several intercoms plus one with the outdoor station.
The outdoor station has only one call key. When it is pressed all the
intercom door phones 926/2 ring simultaneously: the first intercom that
answers automatically excludes all the other ones, guaranteeing the
secrecy of conversation.
For said installation (Scheme SC 101-0316G) the following:
The intercom door phones must all be programmed with two digits,
i.e. from 01 to 09, from 10 to 19, from 20 to 25, or any other number
between 01 and 97.
Due to absorption problems, no more than 16 intercoms can be called
in parallel. It is recommended that the power supply Ref. 926/3 be
placed at the center of the installation to minimize the cross-talk
effect.
16
13
N. 16
N. 1
Intercom door phones
Power supply
N. 1
Power supply
for door phone system
N. 1
Relay
Ref. 926/2
Ref. 926/3
28VA
28VA
28VA
38VA
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 786/1
Ref. 786/14
Ref. 786/38
Ref. 788/21
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Mod. Sinthesi
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Door unit
Ref. 1145/21
Ref. 1145/500
Mod. K-Steel
N. 1
Module with door unit
Ref. 1155/21
Mod. 725
N. 1
Panels with 1 button
N. 1
Door unit
Ref. 725/101
Ref. 5150/500
Domus Aura model
N. 1
Panels with 1 button
N. 1
Door unit
Ref. 1110/1
Ref. 5150/500
NOTE: for correct installation of panels refer to “Door phone and
Video door phone Product Technical Manual”.
13
02
WIRES
01
As indicated in Scheme SC101-0316G.
13 wires common to all the intercom door phones are necessary, 8 of
which coming from the power supply Ref. 926/3 and 5 from the push
button panel, power supply and relay.
13
13
The electric lock will be released through the relay box Ref. 788/52.
9
DIAGRAM NOTES
EASIVOICE SYSTEM
2
(see section 1)
CY.001
CY.002
CY.003
VX.008
12 −−−− sec.2
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
POWER SUPPLY
MAINS~
lock
release
U1
G/T
ELECTRIC
LOCK
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
Name tag
lighting
D
D
L5
L4
L3
L2
L1
ML
+12
D
MF
+12
+12
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
EASIVOICE SYSTEM
POWER SUPPLY
FOR HOUSE
PHONE SYSTEM
-A
+A
RELAY
MAINS~
L
1
1A
2
+
-
AP
AP
(CY.002)
2
-/~
2
-/~
1
ML
ML
1
L1
L1
MF
L2
L2
CA
L3
L3
MF
L4
L4
CA
L5
L5
(CY.003)
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SETS Mod.926 Ref.926/2
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 16 INTERCOM DOOR PHONES
With possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station
All the intercom door phones are called in parallel from the outdoor station
SC101-0316G
sec.2 −−−− 13
BASIC DIAGRAMS
EASIVOICE
BASIC DIAGRAMS
EASIVOICE
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 16 INTERCOM DOOR PHONES
With possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station The intercoms are divided in two
groups of 8. The outdoor station is equipped with two keys: with one of them it calls in
parallel the 8 intercoms of group I, with the second one those of group II
FEATURES
EQUIPMENT
This system allows an intercom service up to 16 intercom door phones
maximum and with possibility to answer to the calls coming from the
outdoor station. It is possible to make 4 simultaneous conversations
among the several intercoms plus one with the outdoor station.
The outdoor station has only two call keys: with one of them it calls in
parallel the 8 intercoms of group I, with the second one those of group
II. The first intercom that answers automatically exclude all the other
ones, guaranteeing the secrecy of conversation.
For said installation (Scheme SC 101-0361G) the following:
The intercom door phones must be programmed with two digits, i.e.
from 01 to 09, from 10 to 19, from 20 to 25, or any other number
between 01 and 97.
Due to absorption problems, no more than 16 intercoms can be called
in parallel. It is recommended that the power supply Ref. 926/3 be
placed at the center of the installation to minimize the cross-talk
effect.
08
13
13
13
16
13
02
10
N. 16
N. 1
Intercom door phones
Power supply
N. 1
Power supply
for door phone system
N. 1
Call repeater relay
Ref. 926/2
Ref. 926/3
28VA
28VA
28VA
38VA
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 786/1
Ref. 786/14
Ref. 786/38
Ref. 788/21
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Mod. Sinthesi
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Door unit
Ref. 1145/22
Ref. 1145/500
Mod. K-Steel
N. 1
Module with door unit
Ref. 1155/22A
Mod. 725
N. 1
Panels with 2 buttons
N. 1
Door unit
Ref. 725/102
Ref. 5150/500
Domus Aura model
N. 1
Panels with 2 buttons
N. 1
Door unit
Ref. 1110/2
Ref. 5150/500
NOTE: for correct installation of panels refer to “Door phone and
Video door phone Product Technical Manual”.
WIRES
01
13
13
09
14
As indicated in Scheme SC101-0361G.
12 wires common to all the intercom door phones are necessary, 8 of
which coming from the power supply Ref. 926/3 and 4 from the push
button panel, power supply and relay.
Moreover from the push button panel two other wires, for calls, start;
each of them is connected in parallel to the 8 intercoms of the
correspondent group.
10
The electric lock will be released through the relay box Ref. 788/52.
2
DIAGRAM NOTES
EASIVOICE SYSTEM
(see section 1)
CY.001
CY.002
CY.003
VX.008
14 −−−− sec.2
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
-/~
AP
-/~
AP
ELECTRIC
LOCK
MAINS~
EASIVOICE SYSTEM
POWER SUPPLY
FOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
-A
+A
CALL REPEATER RELAY
lock
release
L
1
1A
2
+
-
U2
U1
G/T
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
(CY.002)
POWER SUPPLY
L5
L4
L3
L2
L1
ML
+12
D
MF
MAINS~
(CY.003)
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SETS Mod.926-Ref.926/2
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
Name tag
lighting
1
D
D
2
+12
+12
1
ML
ML
2
L1
L1
MF
L2
L2
CA
L3
L3
CA
L4
L4
MF
L5
L5
SC101-0361G
BASIC DIAGRAMS
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 16 INTERCOM DOOR PHONES
With possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station The intercoms are divided in two
EASIVOICE
groups of 8. The outdoor station is equipped with two keys: with one of them it calls in
parallel the 8 intercoms of group I, with the second one those of group II
sec.2 −−−− 15
BASIC DIAGRAMS
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 16 INTERCOM DOOR PHONES
EASIVOICE With possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station. The intercoms are called separately
from theoutdoor station. Possibility of paging service by means of loudspeakers
FEATURES
EQUIPMENT
This system allows an intercom service up to 16 intercom door phones
maximum and with possibility to answer to the calls coming from the
outdoor station. It is possible to make 4 simultaneous conversations
among the several intercoms plus one with the outdoor station.
The outdoor station calls the several intercoms separately.
The intercom door phones must all be programmed with two digits,
i.e. from 01 to 09, from 10 to 19, from 20 to 25, or any other number
between 01 and 97.
For said installation (Scheme SC101-0382F) the following:
The GENERAL CALL must be connected only if necessary. It is
recommended to place the amplifier as close as possible to the power
supply and to connect them with a shielded cable.
Due to absorption problems, no more than 16 intercoms can be called
in parallel. It is recommended that the power supply Ref. 926/3 be
placed at the center of the installation to minimize the cross-talk
effect.
N. 16
N. 1
Intercom door phones
Power supply
N. 1
Power supply
for door phone system
Ref. 926/2
Ref. 926/3
28VA
28VA
28VA
38VA
N. 1
Call repeater relay
N. 1
Amplifier
Possible and not supplied by URMET DOMUS
Loudspeakers
Possible and not supplied by URMET DOMUS
N. X
Ref. 786/11
Ref. 786/1
Ref. 786/14
Ref. 786/38
Ref. 788/21
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
08
14
13+n-7
13+n-2
02
14
13+n-1
01
14
14
13+n-8
09
13+n-9
13+n-14
14
Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22
Ref. 1145/500
Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Mod. K-Steel
N. 1
Module with door unit
N. X
Button modules
Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Mod. 725
N. 1
Panels with 2 buttons
N. 1
Door unit
Ref. 725/102
Ref. 5150/500
Domus Aura model
N. 1
Panels with 2 buttons
N. 1
Door unit
Ref. 1110/2
Ref. 5150/500
15
14
14
Mod. Sinthesi
N. 1
Module with door unit set-up
N. 1
Door unit
N. X
Button modules
NOTE: for correct installation of panels refer to “Door phone and
Video door phone Product Technical Manual”.
16
WIRES
2
13+n
9+n
2
As indicated in Scheme SC101-0382F.
13 wires common to all the intercom door phones are necessary, 9 of
which coming from the power supply Ref. 926/3 and 4 from the push
button panel, power supply and relay.
Moreover from the push button panel all single call wires start towards
each intercom.
In case the amplifier is not used for the GENERAL CALL, do not
connect the wire L5 among the several intercoms. The common wires
are reduced to 12.
The electric lock will be released through the relay box Ref. 788/52.
DIAGRAM NOTES
EASIVOICE SYSTEM
(see section 1)
CY.001
CY.002
CY.003
CY.004
VX.008
16 −−−− sec.2
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
POWER SUPPLY
(CY.002)
-A
+A
MAINS~
lock
release
AMPLIFIER
(CY.004)
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
G/T
LOUDSPEAKER
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
EASIVOICE SYSTEM
MAINS~
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
L5
L4
L3
L2
L1
ML
+12
D
MF
CALL REPEATER RELAY
L
1
1A
2
+
-
U2
U1
G/T
U4
U3
U2
U1
G/T
~0
~12
~12
~0
ELECTRIC
LOCK
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
AP
AP
TO THE
FOLLOWING
MODULE
2
1
1
-/~
CA
CA
-/~
MF
MF
2
D
D
L1
L1
ML
L2
L2
+12
L3
L3
+12
L4
L4
ML
L5
L5
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SETS Mod.926-Ref.926/2
(CY.003)
SC101-0382F
sec.2 −−−− 17
BASIC DIAGRAMS
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 16 INTERCOM DOOR PHONES
With possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station. The intercoms are called separately EASIVOICE
from theoutdoor station. Possibility of paging service by means of loudspeakers
BASIC DIAGRAMS
EASIVOICE SYSTEM
EASIVOICE
18 −−−− sec.2
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
load
n
Dow
E
FRE
Today, you can observe, retrieve information, choose and add all Urmet Domus products to your system estimate with a few simply clicks of a
mouse on your computer without having to browse, read and understand catalogues and manuals.
This and more thanks to our “Domus Draw” program which has now become an indispensable working tool for professionals (installers,
wholesalers, retrofitters, architects, etc.).
Domus Draw implements a few, simple commands for:
• Creating and saving all system estimates either automatically and/or manually.
• Printing estimates to paper or pdf file.
• Creating system estimates using different user modes.
• Retrieving information about systems and applications by consulting instruction booklets and technical documents of the various products or
consulting the wiring diagrams of the system to be created.
• Watching demo footage with sound for easily understanding how to use the program.
• Connecting to the Urmet Domus web site to find out about new features and get real-time updates.
• Searching for cost-effective, ready-to-use kits which can be adapted to your system needs.
• Saving and printing all your customer data in a specific database.
• Browsing a comprehensive photograph and description database presenting all Urmet Domus products in detail.
Accessing these functions is very easy: just press the corresponding function button on the program home page:
“Domus Draw” can be downloaded free of charge from www.urmetdomus.com